WO2023026894A1 - Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023026894A1
WO2023026894A1 PCT/JP2022/030921 JP2022030921W WO2023026894A1 WO 2023026894 A1 WO2023026894 A1 WO 2023026894A1 JP 2022030921 W JP2022030921 W JP 2022030921W WO 2023026894 A1 WO2023026894 A1 WO 2023026894A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
mass
colored resin
photosensitive colored
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/030921
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
力飛 塚本
渚 井上
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to JP2023543822A priority Critical patent/JPWO2023026894A1/ja
Priority to CN202280055503.1A priority patent/CN117795419A/en
Publication of WO2023026894A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023026894A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition, a color filter, and a display device.
  • an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used.
  • An organic light-emitting display device uses a color filter for color adjustment.
  • the color filter is generally formed on a substrate, a colored layer formed on the substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and formed on the substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. and a light shielding part.
  • a method for forming a colored layer in a color filter for example, a photosensitive colored resin obtained by adding an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound and a photoinitiator to a coloring material dispersion liquid in which a coloring material is dispersed using a dispersing agent or the like. After the composition is applied to a glass substrate and dried, it is exposed to light using a photomask and developed to form a colored pattern, which is fixed by heating to form a colored layer. These steps are repeated for each color to form a color filter.
  • Pigments are generally used as colorants from the standpoint of heat resistance and light resistance, but pigments are no longer able to meet market demands, especially for high brightness. Therefore, dyes have been widely investigated. Dyes are excellent in enhancing the hue and brightness of a displayed image due to the color purity of the dye itself and the vividness of its hue. On the other hand, dyes generally have poor heat resistance and solvent resistance, and have low solubility in solvents, and thus have the problem of depositing foreign substances in the resulting colored layer, and are said to be difficult to put into practical use. As for the green colored layer, the use of a specific phthalocyanine-based dye as the dye has been studied (see Patent Documents 1 to 3, for example).
  • the unexposed area is developed with a developer, but the developer waste contains the photosensitive colored resin composition.
  • Ingredients included usually, a flocculant is added to the developer waste liquid to flocculate the components of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the colorant, and then the agglomerate is recovered and the pH-adjusted water is drained. Therefore, it is necessary that the filtrate after recovery of the aggregates does not contain a coloring material and is not colored.
  • the coloring material contains a phthalocyanine dye as in the photosensitive colored resin compositions described in Patent Documents 1 to 3
  • the developer waste liquid is not sufficiently aggregated even if a coagulant is added, and coagulates.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and provides a photosensitive colored resin composition from which the coloring material can be easily recovered during waste liquid treatment after development even when the coloring material contains a specific phthalocyanine dye.
  • an object of this invention is to provide the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said photosensitive colored resin composition.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention includes a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the following general formula (1), a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and light It contains an initiator and a solvent.
  • a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the following general formula (1), a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and light It contains an initiator and a solvent.
  • X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -Y-R D , and -Y- is -O-, -S-, or -NH- and R D represents a monovalent organic group, provided that one or more of X 1 to X 16 represents —Y—R D.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is a thing.
  • the present invention also provides a display device having the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition from which the coloring material can be easily recovered during waste liquid treatment after development, even when the coloring material contains a specific phthalocyanine dye. Moreover, according to this invention, the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said photosensitive colored resin composition can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and radiation
  • radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams.
  • electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and electron beams.
  • (meth)acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl
  • (meth)acryl represents acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth)acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the term "to" indicating a numerical range is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention includes a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the following general formula (1), a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, and light It contains a polymerizable compound, a photoinitiator and a solvent.
  • a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the following general formula (1), a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, and light It contains a polymerizable compound, a photoinitiator and a solvent.
  • X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -Y-R D , and -Y- is -O-, -S-, or -NH- and R D represents a monovalent organic group, provided that one or more of X 1 to X 16 represents —Y—R D.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention uses a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) in combination with a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative to obtain a specific phthalocyanine dye as a coloring material. Even if it contains, it is possible to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition that is easy to collect the coloring material during waste liquid treatment after development.
  • Coloring materials contained in conventional photosensitive colored resin compositions are usually pigments. Pigments are insoluble in solvents and exist in the form of particles. Compared with dyes, pigments have a larger particle diameter and are surface-charged in an aqueous solution.
  • solvent-soluble dyes such as the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) tend to exist at the molecular level, and have little or no surface charge even in an aqueous solution.
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) as a coloring material even if a flocculant is added to the developer waste liquid, the flocculant hardly acts on the phthalocyanine compound, and free phthalocyanine It is presumed that the compound is generated, and the filtrate after collecting the aggregate is colored with the color of the phthalocyanine compound.
  • a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative is used in combination with the specific phthalocyanine compound, it is presumed that the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative interacts with the phthalocyanine compound to impart anionicity to the surface of the phthalocyanine compound. be.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention suppresses residue after development by using the above-mentioned specific phthalocyanine compound in combination with a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative. It is presumed that the phthalocyanine compound, which tends to become a residue during development, is easily washed away by the developer during development due to its interaction with the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, and is easily dissolved even after forming a coating film.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a colorant, a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent, and the present It may further contain other components as long as the effects of the invention are not impaired.
  • a colorant a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative
  • an alkali-soluble resin e.g., a photopolymerizable compound
  • a photoinitiator e.g., a solvent
  • the coloring material contains the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -Y-R D , and -Y- is -O-, -S represents - or -NH-, and RD represents a monovalent organic group.
  • X 1 to X 16 represent -Y-R D.
  • the halogen atom includes, for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom and the like.
  • the plurality of halogen atoms may be the same or different.
  • the halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 preferably contain at least fluorine atoms, more preferably all fluorine atoms, from the viewpoint of color.
  • the number of halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, still more preferably 7 or more, from the viewpoint of high brightness.
  • the number of halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 9 or less.
  • the number of halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 may be eight. Among them, 6 to 10, especially 7 to 9 of X 1 to X 16 are preferably fluorine atoms in terms of color and maximum absorption wavelength range.
  • X 1 to X 16 may be hydrogen atoms.
  • the number of hydrogen atoms among X 1 to X 16 may be appropriately selected by adjusting the color, and may be 0 to 8, 0 to 4, or 0 to 2. It's fine.
  • -Y- in -Y-R D represents -O-, -S-, or -NH-, and from the point of obtaining the desired transmission spectrum, -O- or -S- is preferable, -O - is more preferred.
  • the plurality of -Y-R D may be the same or different.
  • R D in -YR D is a monovalent organic group.
  • an organic group means a group containing carbon atoms.
  • R D includes an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group.
  • Hydrocarbon groups include linear, branched, or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and combinations thereof.
  • the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms
  • the heterocyclic group may be a nitrogen-containing heterocycle, a sulfur-containing heterocycle, an oxygen containing heterocycles, etc., and may be either an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups examples include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, etc.
  • alicyclic hydrocarbon groups examples include cyclopentyl group. , a cyclohexyl group, and the like.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group includes, for example, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a 2H-pyran ring, a 4H-thiopyran ring, a pyridine ring, a 1,3-oxazole ring, and an isoxazole ring having one free valence.
  • groups such as ring, 1,3-thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, furazane ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring and pyridazine ring;
  • the substituent includes a halogen atom, —OR d0 , —COR d0 , —COOR d0 (wherein R d0 is a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic ring group) and the like.
  • —OR d0 , —COR d0 and —COOR d0 are specifically alkoxy group, aryloxy group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl and the like.
  • R D in -Y-R D is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, among others, from the viewpoint of crystallinity control (precipitation suppression of foreign matter) during coating film curing (baking) and imparting solubility. and preferably a monovalent group represented by the following formula (2).
  • R d1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • a substituent is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • p is an integer of 1 to 3
  • q is an integer of 0 to 2.
  • a plurality of W and R d1 may be the same or different, and when m is 2, a plurality of R d2 may be the same or different.
  • -Y- represents -O-, -S-, or -NH-, and * indicates the bonding position with the phthalocyanine skeleton in formula (1).
  • examples of substituents for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, alicyclic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group include alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R d1 is preferably an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. is particularly preferred.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R d1 is a substituted alkyl group, it is preferably a group having an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms as a substituent.
  • p 1 or 2 is preferable and 1 is more preferable.
  • -CO-WR d1 is preferably bonded to -Y- at the 3- or 4-position, more preferably at the 4-position.
  • q is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • Preferred specific examples of the group represented by the above formula (2) include groups represented by the following formulas (2-1) to (2-10), but are not limited thereto. do not have.
  • the number of —Y—R D in X 1 to X 16 is the point of obtaining the desired transmission spectrum (high brightness), and the crystallinity control (precipitation suppression of foreign matter) peculiar to the phthalocyanine compound during coating curing (baking). From the point of view, the number is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and even more preferably 7 or more.
  • the number of —Y—R D in X 1 to X 16 is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, even more preferably 9 or less.
  • the number of —Y—R D in X 1 to X 16 may be eight.
  • X 1 to X 16 are at least four of X 2 , X 3 , X 6 , X 7 , X 10 , X 11 , X 14 and X 15 in order to obtain a desired transmission spectrum (high luminance) is -Y-R D , X 2 , X 3 , X 6 , X 7 , X 10 , X 11 , X 14 and X 15 are all groups -Y-R D and the remainder ( X 1 , X 4 , X 5 , X 8 , X 9 , X 12 , X 13 and X 16 ) are particularly preferably halogen atoms.
  • phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) include compounds represented by the following formulas (1-1) to (1-6), but are not limited thereto. .
  • a method for producing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant conventionally known production methods can be appropriately selected and used. For example, a method of cyclizing a phthalonitrile compound and a metal salt in a molten state or in an organic solvent can be preferably used. can be manufactured.
  • the phthalonitrile compound used as a starting material can also be synthesized by appropriately selecting a conventionally known production method, and a commercially available product may be used.
  • the coloring material may further contain other coloring materials in addition to the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • the other coloring material is not particularly limited as long as it is capable of developing a desired color, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dyes, salt-forming compounds of dyes, etc. may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can be used. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because of their high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of organic pigments include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (C.I.; published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists). .) numbered ones can be mentioned.
  • yellow coloring material for example, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185, 231, and yellow pigments such as derivative pigments thereof, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, azo dyes, methine dyes, azomethine dyes, quinophthalone dyes, etc. and yellow dyes.
  • yellow pigments such as derivative pigments thereof, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, azo dyes, methine dyes,
  • a quinophthalone-based colorant is preferable because of its excellent heat resistance and light resistance and high transmittance.
  • the quinophthalone-based colorant is also preferable in that it has a hue suitable for use in color filters.
  • a quinophthalone-based colorant refers to a colorant synthesized by condensation of a quinoline derivative such as quinaldine and a phthalic anhydride derivative or a naphthalic anhydride derivative, and may be any of pigments, dyes, and salt-forming compounds of dyes. good.
  • quinophthalone pigments include, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 and the like.
  • examples of quinophthalone dyes include C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 114, 157 and the like.
  • green colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58, 59, 62, 63, etc. green pigments, squarylium, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, coumarin, cyanine, or green dyes such as azo dyes.
  • the other green coloring material different from the halogenated phthalocyanine compound is preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment.
  • the phthalocyanine green pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, 63 and the like.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 58, 59, 62 or 63 is preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59, 62 or 63 is preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 is more preferred.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Orange 1 As an orange colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73; As a blue colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 60; As a purple colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38 and the like.
  • the other colorant is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of yellow colorants and other green colorants. be done.
  • the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) with respect to the entire colorant may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. , may be 100% by mass with respect to the entire coloring material containing the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • it if it contains another colorant, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment, for the entire colorant containing the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) It may contain 30 to 95% by mass, 40 to 85% by mass, or 50 to 80% by mass of the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • the yellow colorant is appropriately selected and used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content ratio of the yellow colorant to the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited.
  • the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) may contain 5 to 233 parts by mass of a yellow colorant per 100 parts by mass, and 18 to 150 It may be contained in parts by mass, and may be contained in 25 to 100 parts by mass.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention if it contains a green colorant different from the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1), a green color different from the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) Colorants are appropriately selected and used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content ratio of the green colorant different from the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) with respect to the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) is the desired There is no particular limitation as long as the chromaticity is appropriately adjusted.
  • a green color different from the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) is added to 100 parts by mass of the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • the coloring material may be contained in 5 to 233 parts by mass, 18 to 150 parts by mass, or 25 to 100 parts by mass.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention when further containing a green colorant other than the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1), represented by the general formula (1) for the entire colorant
  • the content of the green colorant containing the phthalocyanine compound is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity.
  • the content ratio of the yellow colorant to the green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment and brightness adjustment, 5 to 70 parts by mass of a yellow colorant is contained with respect to 100 parts by mass of a green colorant containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1). more preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.
  • the colorant may further contain a colorant other than the green colorant and the yellow colorant as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the total content of the green colorant containing the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) and the yellow colorant may be 70 to 100% by mass with respect to the entire colorant, especially 80 It may be up to 100% by mass.
  • the content of the coloring material in the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the total content of the colorant from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, for example preferably 3% by mass to 65% by mass, more preferably 4% by mass to It is within the range of 60% by mass. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer will have a sufficient color density when the photosensitive colored resin composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 ⁇ m to 5.0 ⁇ m). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the coloring layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board
  • the total content of the colorant is preferably 15% by mass to 65% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 65% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is in the range of 25% by mass to 60% by mass.
  • the solid content refers to all substances other than the solvent, which will be described later, and includes monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
  • a dye derivative is a compound that has a role of imparting a functional group to a dye skeleton and adding various functions to the dye.
  • a dye derivative having a sulfonic acid group (--SO 3 H) is used as the dye derivative.
  • the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative preferably has a dye skeleton of a coloring material such as various pigments used in the colored layer of a color filter.
  • Examples of the dye skeleton of the dye derivative used in the present invention include a phthalocyanine skeleton, a quinophthalone skeleton, a triarylmethane skeleton, a xanthene skeleton, a coumarin skeleton, a naphthol azo skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, and a quinacridone skeleton.
  • a dye skeleton having an aromatic ring is preferable because it is likely to interact with the compound represented by the general formula (1) through ⁇ - ⁇ stacking.
  • the sulfonic acid group (--SO 3 H) may be directly bonded to the dye skeleton, for example --SO 2 NH--(CH 2 ) m --
  • a sulfonic acid group may be bonded to the dye skeleton via a linking group such as SO 3 H (here, m is an integer of 1 to 6).
  • the sulfonic acid group (--SO 3 H) may be directly bonded to the dye skeleton from the viewpoint of easy action on the target component.
  • the number of sulfonic acid group substitutions per molecule may be 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 2, and particularly 1. is preferable because it is difficult to lower the luminance.
  • a coloring material containing a halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material represented by the general formula (1) is used to form a green colored layer. , a dye derivative having a dye skeleton of a blue colorant, or a dye derivative having a dye skeleton of a yellow colorant.
  • the dye skeleton of the dye derivative used in the present invention is, among others, a phthalocyanine skeleton or a A quinophthalone skeleton is more preferred.
  • dyes having a phthalocyanine skeleton include metal-free phthalocyanine dyes, copper phthalocyanine dyes, nickel phthalocyanine dyes, aluminum phthalocyanine dyes, cobalt phthalocyanine dyes, and zinc phthalocyanine dyes.
  • the phthalocyanine does not have to have a substituent, but the phthalocyanine may have a known substituent such as an alkyl group or a halogen atom.
  • a dye having a phthalocyanine skeleton a phthalocyanine dye or a copper phthalocyanine dye is preferable, and a copper phthalocyanine dye may be used, because the raw material is easily available.
  • examples of dyes having a quinophthalone skeleton include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, such as quinophthalone pigments such as C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Quinophthalone dyes such as Solvent Yellow 114 and 157 are included.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 or Pigment Yellow 231 is preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 may be used.
  • a sulfonic acid group into a dye it can be prepared by using known sulfonation.
  • the sulfonic acid group of the dye can be introduced, for example, by introducing a dye such as copper phthalocyanine into concentrated sulfuric acid, fuming sulfuric acid, chlorosulfonic acid, or a mixture of these to carry out a sulfonation reaction. After the sulfonation reaction, the reaction solution is diluted with a large amount of water, and the resulting suspension is filtered, washed with an aqueous washing solution, and dried.
  • the amount of sulfonic acid groups introduced per molecule can be controlled by adjusting the reaction solution concentration, reaction temperature, reaction time, and the like.
  • the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • two or more sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivatives having different substitution positions or numbers of sulfonic acid groups may be used in combination.
  • a sulfonic acid group-containing copper phthalocyanine derivative and a sulfonic acid group-containing C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 derivative may be used as a mixture of two or more dye derivatives having a dye skeleton.
  • the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative is preferably contained in an amount of 1% by mass to 15% by mass, and 2% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total content of the compounds represented by the general formula (1). It is more preferably contained in an amount of 3% by mass to 9% by mass.
  • the total content of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative is, for example, 0.03% by mass to 9.75% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition.
  • the content is at least the above lower limit, even when the coloring material contains a specific phthalocyanine dye, the coloring material can be easily recovered during waste liquid treatment after development. Further, when the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the optical properties (brightness) and dye solubility are hardly affected.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used from those that act as a binder resin and are soluble in an alkali developer used for pattern formation. can.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be defined as having an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more.
  • a carboxy group is mentioned as an acidic group which alkali-soluble resin has, for example.
  • the alkali-soluble resin having a carboxy group include a carboxy group-containing copolymer having a carboxy group and an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group.
  • the carboxy group-containing copolymer include (meth) acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group and styrene-(meth) acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group. .
  • these (meth)acrylic copolymers styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymers having a carboxyl group
  • (meth)acrylic copolymers such as (meth)acrylic copolymers
  • epoxy (meth)acrylate resins are a mixture of two or more.
  • a (meth)acrylic copolymer such as a (meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group is, for example, a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer, and, if necessary, other copolymerizable monomers are (co)polymerized by a known method.
  • Carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, (meth)acrylic acid dimer etc.
  • addition reaction products of monomers having a hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and cyclic anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride and cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone mono (Meth)acrylates and the like can also be used.
  • Anhydride-containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride may also be used as precursors of carboxyl groups.
  • (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the substrate.
  • a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group
  • shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling from the substrate is alleviated, and substrate adhesion is improved.
  • an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group the solvent resistance of the resulting colored layer is improved, and in particular swelling of the colored layer is suppressed, which is also preferable.
  • hydrocarbon rings examples include cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon rings which may have substituents, aromatic rings which may have substituents, and combinations thereof, and hydrocarbon rings may have a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxycarbonyl group or an amide group.
  • hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0(2,6)]decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane.
  • Ring Aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene, etc.; Chain polycyclic ring such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene), etc. is mentioned.
  • the hydrocarbon ring when an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is contained as the hydrocarbon ring, the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer are improved, and the brightness of the obtained colored layer is also preferably improved.
  • a structure cardo structure in which two benzene rings are bonded to a fluorene skeleton is included, the curability of the colored layer is improved, the solvent resistance is improved, and swelling against NMP is particularly suppressed.
  • the hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or may be contained as a divalent or higher group.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention using a (meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, in addition to a structural unit having a carboxy group, adjusts the amount of each structural unit. It is preferable from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the function of the structural unit by increasing the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring is used as the above-mentioned "other copolymerizable monomer”.
  • Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydrocarbon ring used in alkali-soluble resins having a hydrocarbon ring include, for example, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, ) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, a monomer having a cardo structure and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the like can be preferably used.
  • cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, the cardo structure and the ethylenically unsaturated group and are preferred.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention also preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in its side chain.
  • the alkali-soluble resins may form cross-linked bonds with each other, or between the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer in the step of curing the resin composition during the production of the color filter.
  • the film strength of the cured film is further improved, the development resistance is improved, and the heat shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed, resulting in excellent adhesion to the substrate.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group means a radically polymerizable group containing a carbon-carbon double bond, and examples thereof include (meth)acryloyl group, vinyl group and allyl group.
  • a method for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated bond into an alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method of adding a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, to the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into the side chain.
  • a structural unit having a hydroxy group is introduced into the copolymer, a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added in the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into the side chain.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group such as methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • a structural unit having an ester group functions not only as a component that suppresses the alkali solubility of the photosensitive colored resin composition, but also as a component that improves the solubility in a solvent and the solvent re-solubility.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention is a (meth)acrylic copolymer and a styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxyl group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring ( It is preferably a meth)acrylic resin, and a (meth)acrylic copolymer and styrene having a structural unit having a carboxyl group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond - (Meth)acrylic resins such as (meth)acrylic copolymers are more preferred.
  • the desired performance of the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention can be obtained by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of the monomer that induces each structural unit.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually 5% to 50% by mass, preferably 10% to 40% by mass.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is 5% by mass or more, the decrease in the solubility of the obtained coating film in an alkaline developer can be suppressed, and pattern formation is facilitated.
  • the copolymerization ratio is 50% by mass or less, chipping of the pattern and film roughness on the pattern surface are less likely to occur during development with an alkaline developer.
  • the said copolymerization ratio is a value calculated from the preparation amount of each monomer.
  • (meth)acrylic resins such as (meth)acrylic copolymers and styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymers having structural units having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, which are more preferably used as alkali-soluble resins
  • the charged amount of the monomer having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the charged amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer. More preferably, it is in the range of 90% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • a preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the carboxyl group-containing copolymer is 1,000 or more, sufficient curability of the coating film can be obtained, and when it is 50,000 or less, pattern formation becomes easy during development with an alkaline developer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the present invention is obtained as a standard polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • (meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited. ) acrylate compounds are suitable. Epoxy compounds, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acids, and acid anhydrides can be appropriately selected from known ones and used. Among the epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxyl group, those containing the cardo structure in the molecule improve the effect of suppressing display defects, improve the curability of the colored layer, and reduce the residue of the colored layer. It is preferable from the point that the film ratio becomes high.
  • the alkali-soluble resin more preferably has an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used as a developer.
  • the carboxyl group-containing copolymer has an acid value of 50 mgKOH/g or more and 300 mgKOH/g or less in terms of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used in the developer and adhesion to a substrate. more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more and 280 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more and 250 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the acid value can be measured according to JIS K 0070.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent when the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group is 100 or more and 2000 or less from the viewpoint that the film strength of the cured film is improved and the deposition of the coloring material can be further suppressed.
  • a range is preferable, and a range of 140 or more and 1500 or less is particularly preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Also, if it is 100 or more, the ratio of other structural units such as structural units having a carboxy group and structural units having a hydrocarbon ring can be relatively increased, so that excellent developability and heat resistance can be obtained.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is the weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
  • Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) W (g) / M (mol) (In formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is obtained, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained per 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the iodine value test method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. can be calculated.
  • the alkali-soluble resins used in the photosensitive colored resin composition may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5% to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. Within range. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability is obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at most the above upper limit, film roughness and pattern chipping during development are prevented. can be suppressed.
  • the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention refers to a compound having a photopolymerizable group in its molecule.
  • the photopolymerizable group is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator, and includes an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group. be done.
  • an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is preferably used from the viewpoint of ultraviolet curability.
  • the photopolymerizable compound from the viewpoint of curability, it is preferable to contain a compound having two or more photopolymerizable groups in one molecule, and a compound having three or more photopolymerizable groups in one molecule is contained. is more preferable.
  • the photopolymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by the photoinitiator described later, and usually a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is used, particularly an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group. It is preferably a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate having two or more. As such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate, it may be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • photopolymerizable compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, when excellent photocurability (high sensitivity) is required for the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the photopolymerizable compound has three polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bonds (trifunctional). Those having the above are preferable, and poly (meth) acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and dicarboxylic acid-modified products thereof are preferable.
  • trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (Meth)acrylate, succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth) ) succinic acid-modified acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate and the like are preferred.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is not particularly limited, but relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, for example preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, More preferably, it is within the range of 10% by mass to 40% by mass. If the content of the photopolymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit, photocuring will proceed sufficiently, and the exposed portion will be able to suppress elution during development. Adequate alkali developability.
  • photoinitiators examples include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, ⁇ -aminoketones, biimidazoles, N,N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone, and the like. be able to.
  • Specific examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4′-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and ethylbenzoin.
  • benzoin biimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole and the like halomethyloxadiazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2-(4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1 , 2-diphenylethan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl )-butanone-,, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyl
  • 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1- Butanone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used.
  • combining an ⁇ -aminoacetophenone initiator such as 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone such as diethylthioxanthone can improve sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint of adjustment, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance.
  • the total content thereof is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. If the content is equal to or less than the upper limit, the amount of sublimate during the manufacturing process is reduced, which is preferable. When it is at least the lower limit value, development resistance such as water staining is improved.
  • the photoinitiator preferably contains an oxime ester photoinitiator, among others, from the viewpoint of being able to improve the sensitivity.
  • an oxime ester-based photoinitiator by using an oxime ester-based photoinitiator, in-plane variations in line width can be easily suppressed when a fine line pattern is formed.
  • the use of an oxime ester-based photoinitiator tends to improve the residual film rate and enhance the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains.
  • oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the photosensitive colored resin composition and contamination of the device due to decomposition products, among them, those having an aromatic ring are preferable, and those having a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring is more preferred, and it is even more preferred to have a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
  • Oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl benzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1-(o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP-A-2013-041153 and the like.
  • Irgacure OXE-01 having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton
  • Adeka Arcules NCI-930 and TR-PBG-3057 Irgacure OXE-02 having a carbazole skeleton
  • Adeka Arcules NCI-831 Adeka Arcules NCI-831
  • TR-PBG-304 and TR.
  • -PBG-345, TR-PBG-365 having a fluorene skeleton, etc. may be used (Irgacure series manufactured by BASF, Adeka Arcles series manufactured by ADEKA, and TR series manufactured by Changzhou Tenryu Denshi New Materials Co., Ltd.).
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of brightness.
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton it is preferable to use a combination of an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton.
  • the oxime ester photoinitiator may be used in combination with a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure.
  • a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure, which is an oxygen quencher, in the molecule, so that radicals generated from the initiator are less likely to be deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. be.
  • photoinitiators having a tertiary amine structure include, for example, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF
  • 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF
  • the oxime ester photoinitiator may be combined with a thioxanthone initiator.
  • Two or more kinds of oxime ester photoinitiators may be combined with a thioxanthone photoinitiator from the viewpoints of being easy to use, having a high effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains, and improving development resistance.
  • the content of the photoinitiator in the photosensitive colored resin composition is, for example, preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is within the range of 10% by mass.
  • the content of the photoinitiator is at least the above lower limit, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the initiator is at most the above upper limit, side reactions can be suppressed and stability over time can be maintained. can.
  • solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it does not react with each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition and is capable of dissolving or dispersing them.
  • a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Specific examples of solvents include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ester solvents such as
  • glycol ether acetate-based solvents examples include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, and one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
  • BCA butyl carbitol acetate
  • 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate ethyl ethoxypropionate
  • ethyl lactate examples include one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
  • the inclusion of a solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group as the solvent improves the solubility of the entire composition and suppresses the deposition of foreign substances in the coating film. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the contrast.
  • the solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether is preferable, and for example, one or more selected from the group consisting of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether. is preferred, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether is more preferred.
  • a glycol ether acetate solvent a carbitol acetate solvent, and an ester solvent
  • at least one solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group and at least one glycol ether acetate solvent.
  • at least one solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably 15% by mass to 35% by mass, more preferably in the range of more than 20% by mass to 30% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent may be appropriately set within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy.
  • the content of the solvent is usually in the range of preferably 55% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 65% by mass to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, excellent applicability can be obtained.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition may contain various additives as necessary.
  • Additives include, for example, dispersants, sensitizers, antioxidants, polymerization terminators, chain transfer agents, leveling agents, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, UV absorbers, adhesion Accelerators and the like are included. Specific examples of surfactants and plasticizers include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • a dispersant when the colorant is dispersed, a dispersant may be further included from the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and colorant dispersion stability.
  • the dispersant can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known dispersants.
  • the dispersant for example, cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone, or fluorine surfactants can be used.
  • surfactants polymer dispersants are preferred because they can be uniformly and finely dispersed.
  • polymer dispersants include (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylic acid esters; (partial) amine salts of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid; (Partial) ammonium salts and (partial) alkylamine salts; (co)polymers of hydroxy group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxy group-containing polyacrylic acid esters and modified products thereof; polyurethanes; unsaturated polyamides; Polysiloxanes; long-chain polyaminoamide phosphates; polyethyleneimine derivatives (amides obtained by reacting poly(lower alkyleneimine) with free carboxy group-containing polyesters and their bases); polyallylamine derivatives (polyallylamine and free A reaction product obtained by reacting one or more compounds selected from three types of compounds: a polyester, a polyamide, or a co-condensation product of an ester and an amide (polyester
  • the polymer dispersant may be, for example, a polymer dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in the main chain or side chain and having an amine value, Above all, it may be a polymeric dispersant comprising a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine.
  • the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative when the main chain or side chain includes a nitrogen atom and a polymer dispersant having an amine value is included, when the flocculant is added to the flocculation waste liquid Furthermore, the phthalocyanine compound tends to aggregate, and the coloring material can be easily recovered from the waste developer.
  • Polymer dispersants containing nitrogen atoms in the main chain or side chains and having an amine value are described, for example, in JP-A-2016-224447, because the main chain skeleton is difficult to thermally decompose and the heat resistance is high. and a block having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) as described in WO 2016/104493.
  • a dispersant that is at least one of a copolymer and a salt-type block copolymer may be used.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is a divalent linking group
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon optionally containing a hetero atom. group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • A is a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group for example, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having a hydroxyl group, an arylene group, -CONH- group, -COO- group, -NHCOO- groups, ether groups (--O--groups), thioether groups (--S--groups), and combinations thereof.
  • the bonding direction of the divalent linking group is arbitrary.
  • a in the general formula (I) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, A divalent linking group containing an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group optionally containing a heteroatom for R 2 and R 3 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group and the like.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like, and the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is 1. to 18 are preferable, and among them, a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
  • the aralkyl group includes, for example, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7-20, more preferably 7-14.
  • Aryl groups include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, and xylyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-24, more preferably 6-12.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is not included in the preferable number of carbon atoms.
  • a hydrocarbon group containing a heteroatom has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a heteroatom, or a structure in which a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced by a substituent containing a heteroatom.
  • the heteroatom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom and the like.
  • hydrogen atoms in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine and bromine atoms.
  • That R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure means that R 2 and R 3 form a ring structure via a nitrogen atom.
  • a heteroatom may be included in the ring structure formed by R 2 and R 3 .
  • the ring structure is not particularly limited, examples thereof include pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, morpholine ring and the like.
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, or R 2 and R 3 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, piperidine It preferably forms a ring or a morpholine ring.
  • Examples of monomers that derive structural units represented by the general formula (I) include dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.
  • Alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth)acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth)acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide, and the like can be mentioned.
  • dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the structural unit represented by formula (I) may consist of one type, or may contain two or more types of structural units.
  • the structural unit functioning as the coloring material adsorption site is selected from the group consisting of at least part of the nitrogen site possessed by the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), an organic acid compound, and a halogenated hydrocarbon. At least one of them may form a salt (such a copolymer is sometimes referred to as a salt-type copolymer).
  • a compound represented by the following general formula (A) and a compound represented by the following general formula (C) are preferable, and as the halogenated hydrocarbon, among others, the following general formula (B ) are preferred. That is, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the organic acid compound and the halogenated hydrocarbon is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (A), (B) and (C). It can be preferably used.
  • R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or -O- Represents R e
  • R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a benzyl group, or a C 1 to 4 represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group.
  • R b , R b′ , and R b′′ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, or a substituent.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a benzyl group, or -O- R f represents an optionally substituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group optionally having a substituent, a substituted may be a phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, Alternatively, —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a carbon number represents a (meth)acryloyl group via 1 to 4 alkylene groups, provided that at least one of R c and R d contains a carbon atom.
  • the organic acid compound is an acidic organic phosphorus compound such as phenylphosphonic acid or phenylphosphinic acid from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
  • the organic acid compound used in such a dispersant include, for example, organic acid compounds described in JP-A-2012-236882 and the like as suitable ones.
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably at least one selected from allyl halides such as allyl bromide and benzyl chloride, and aralkyl halides, from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
  • the content of at least one selected from the group consisting of organic acid compounds and halogenated hydrocarbons forms a salt with the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by general formula (I). Therefore, the total of at least one selected from the group consisting of organic acid compounds and halogenated hydrocarbons is 0 for the terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by general formula (I) It is preferably 0.01 mol or more, more preferably 0.05 mol or more, still more preferably 0.1 mol or more, and particularly preferably 0.2 mol or more. When it is at least the above lower limit, the effect of improving the dispersibility of the coloring material by salt formation is likely to be obtained.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of organic acid compounds and halogenated hydrocarbons may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more are combined, the total content is preferably within the above range.
  • the salt-type copolymer As a method for preparing the salt-type copolymer, at least one selected from the group consisting of the organic acid compound and the halogenated hydrocarbon is added to the solvent in which the copolymer before salt formation is dissolved or dispersed, and the mixture is stirred. and a method of heating if necessary.
  • the terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the copolymer and at least one selected from the group consisting of the organic acid compound and the halogenated hydrocarbon form a salt. and the ratio thereof can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
  • the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the graft polymer chain ( A graft copolymer having a meth)acrylate-derived structural unit, and a block having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a (meth)acrylate-derived structural unit is more preferably at least one of copolymers.
  • a graft polymer chain having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate a conventionally known structure can be appropriately selected and used.
  • graft copolymer and the salt-type graft copolymer described in WO2021/006077 may be used.
  • block copolymer as the B block containing a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate, a conventionally known structure can be appropriately selected and used.
  • block copolymers and salt-type block copolymers described in WO2016/104493 may be used.
  • At least one of the selected salt-type block copolymers forms a salt
  • the block copolymer and at least one of the salt-type block copolymers have an acid value of 1 mgKOH/g to 18 mgKOH.
  • the B block in this case contains a (meth)acrylate-derived structural unit as an essential component, and may be the same as the B block of WO 2016/104493.
  • a copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has an amine value of 40 mgKOH/g to 120 mgKOH/g and has good dispersibility and does not deposit foreign matter during coating film formation. , from the viewpoint of improving brightness and contrast.
  • the amine value is within the above range, the viscosity stability over time and heat resistance are excellent, and alkali developability and solvent re-solubility are also excellent.
  • the amine value of the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 80 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 90 mgKOH/g or more. preferable.
  • the amine value of the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 110 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 105 mgKOH/g or less. more preferred.
  • the amine value refers to the number of mg of potassium hydroxide equivalent to perchloric acid required to neutralize the amine component contained in 1 g of sample, and can be measured by the method defined in JIS-K7237. When measured by this method, even if the amino group forms a salt with the organic acid compound in the dispersant, the organic acid compound usually dissociates, so the block copolymer itself used as the dispersant can be measured.
  • the content ratio (mol%) of each structural unit in the copolymer in the dispersant can be obtained from the amount of raw materials charged at the time of production, and can be measured using an analyzer such as NMR. Also, the structure of the dispersant can be measured using NMR, various mass spectrometry, and the like. In addition, if necessary, the dispersant is decomposed by thermal decomposition or the like, and the obtained decomposition product is subjected to high performance liquid chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS, etc. can ask.
  • the content when using a dispersant may be selected so as to be excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, and is not particularly limited, but the photosensitive colored resin For example, it is preferably in the range of 2% to 30% by mass, more preferably 3% to 25% by mass, relative to the total solid content in the composition.
  • the photosensitive colored resin For example, it is preferably in the range of 2% to 30% by mass, more preferably 3% to 25% by mass, relative to the total solid content in the composition.
  • the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the photosensitive colored resin composition is excellent.
  • developability will become favorable.
  • the content of the dispersant is, for example, preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is within the range of 3% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) diffused in the system absorbs the exposure light and tends to lose radicals generated from the initiator. It is preferred to include a sensitizer in combination with the initiator. Among them, from the viewpoint of good reactivity of the (meth)acrylic polymerization system, it is preferable to contain a thiol-based sensitizer, and it is more preferable to contain the oxime ester-based initiator in combination with a thiol-based sensitizer.
  • Examples of thiol-based sensitizers include monofunctional thiol compounds having one thiol group and polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more thiol groups.
  • Examples of monofunctional thiol compounds include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3-mercapto propionic acid, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate and the like.
  • polyfunctional thiol compounds include 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2, 4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), di pentaerythritol hexakis(3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
  • the content when the sensitizer is included from the viewpoint of the effect of improving the curability, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, for example 0.5 % to 10% by mass can be used.
  • the content is more preferably 1% by mass to 6% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 5% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. is.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoint of suppressing the amount of line width shift.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention by containing an antioxidant in combination with the specific photoinitiator, because it is possible to control excessive radical chain reaction without impairing the curability when forming a cured film
  • the linearity is further improved, and the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed for the mask line width is improved.
  • the heat resistance can be improved, and the decrease in luminance after exposure and post-baking can be suppressed, so that the luminance can be improved.
  • the antioxidant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from those conventionally known.
  • antioxidants include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, and hydrazine-based antioxidants. It is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed and from the viewpoint of heat resistance. It may also be a latent antioxidant as described in WO 2014/021023.
  • Hindered phenol antioxidants include, for example, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3 ,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris(4-hydroxy-3,5- Di-tert-butylbenzyl)mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilizer MDP-S, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical) ), 6,6′-thiobis(2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), diethyl 3,5-
  • pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance.
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. %. If it is at least the above lower limit, the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed with a mask line width is improved, and the heat resistance is excellent. On the other hand, if it is below the above upper limit, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention includes a coloring material, a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, a solvent, and various kinds of materials optionally used. It can be prepared by mixing the additive components using a known mixing means.
  • a coloring material, a sulfonic acid group-containing coloring matter derivative, and, if necessary, a dispersing agent are added to a solvent to prepare a coloring material liquid;
  • (2) a colorant and a sulfonic acid group-containing dye in a solvent A method of simultaneously adding and mixing a derivative, optionally a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and optionally various additive components;
  • (3) into a solvent A method of adding and mixing an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and optionally various additive components, and then adding and mixing a coloring material and a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative;
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is a hardened material.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding portion 2 and a colored layer 3. As shown in FIG.
  • At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention.
  • the colored layer is usually formed in the opening of the light shielding part on the substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of colored patterns of three or more colors.
  • the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be a general arrangement such as a stripe type, mosaic type, triangle type, four-pixel arrangement type, or the like. Moreover, the width, area, etc. of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
  • the thickness of the colored layer can be appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and viscosity of the photosensitive colored resin composition, and is preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
  • a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method.
  • the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
  • the wet coating film is dried by heating using a hot plate or oven, and then exposed through a mask having a predetermined pattern to photopolymerize the alkali-soluble resin, the photopolymerizable compound, and the like. to form a cured coating film.
  • Light sources used for exposure include, for example, ultraviolet light from low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and electron beams.
  • the amount of exposure is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • heat treatment may be performed.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected according to the mixing ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions.
  • a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
  • the developing solution is usually washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition is dried to form a colored layer.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited, and are appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.
  • the colored layer may be a finely patterned colored layer with a line width of 40 ⁇ m or less, or may be a finely patterned colored layer with a line width of 20 ⁇ m or less.
  • the light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as those used as light-shielding portions in general color filters.
  • the pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape.
  • the light shielding portion may be a metal thin film of chromium or the like formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like.
  • the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, or organic pigments in a resin binder.
  • a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, and the like can be used. be.
  • the film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 ⁇ m to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. be done.
  • substrate As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed are used. Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed on these substrates.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent to visible light, and transparent substrates used in general color filters can be used. Specifically, transparent rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glass. material. Although the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm, for example, can be used depending on the application of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter of the present invention includes, in addition to the above-described substrate, light shielding portion and colored layer, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, alignment protrusions, columnar spacers, and the like. good too.
  • a flocculating agent is added to the developer waste liquid to flocculate the components of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the colorant, and then the flocculated matter is recovered by filtration or the like, and the filtrate is neutralized to adjust the pH. Drain the water.
  • developer waste liquids containing phthalocyanine dyes were not sufficiently aggregated even when a flocculating agent was added, and there was a problem that the filtrate after collecting the aggregates was colored with the color of the phthalocyanine dyes.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention when the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is used, the filtrate after the addition of the flocculant and the collection of aggregates can be prevented from containing dye and coloring.
  • the flocculant is not particularly limited as long as it is a flocculant that can be generally used when processing developer waste liquid at a color filter factory.
  • a cationic inorganic flocculant such as polyaluminum chloride, an anionic polymer flocculant such as polyacrylamide, or the like can be used.
  • the development waste solution is flocculated with a cationic inorganic flocculant such as polyaluminum chloride to neutralize the repulsive negative charges on the colloidal surface present in the waste solution, and then the flocs are crosslinked with an anionic polymer flocculant. may coarsen and precipitate agglomerates.
  • the filtrate is checked for residual components derived from the photosensitive colored resin composition using a liquid chromatograph mass spectrometer. Acids such as dilute hydrochloric acid can be used as the neutralizing agent used for neutralizing the filtrate after collecting the aggregates.
  • Display Device A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as liquid crystal display devices and organic light-emitting display devices.
  • a liquid crystal display device includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate. Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and may have a known configuration as a liquid crystal display device generally using color filters.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Examples of such driving methods include the TN method, the IPS method, the OCB method, and the MVA method. Any of these methods can be suitably used in the present invention. Also, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Further, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a method for forming the liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After the liquid crystal layer is formed by the above method, the liquid crystal cell is gradually cooled to room temperature, thereby aligning the enclosed liquid crystal.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
  • the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention has a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80 .
  • a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. method, and a method of bonding the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 60, and the like.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other structures in the organic light emitter 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may have a known configuration as an organic light-emitting display device generally using color filters.
  • Intermediate 2 had the following structure when analyzed by LC-MS (Quadrupole LC/MS, Agilent 1260 Infinity, manufactured by Agilent Technologies). Furthermore, a representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 2 is shown below.
  • glycidyl methacrylate 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution, and heated at 110° C. for 10 hours.
  • the reaction between the carboxylic acid group of main chain methacrylic acid and the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate was carried out.
  • air was bubbled into the reaction solution to prevent polymerization of glycidyl methacrylate.
  • the reaction was tracked by measuring the acid value of the solution.
  • the resulting alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced using GMA to the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA, and has an acid value of 74 mgKOH/g. It had a weight average molecular weight of 12,000.
  • the alkali-soluble resin A solution had a solid content of 40% by mass.
  • Example 1 (1) Production of colorant liquid G1 As a dispersant, dispersant b (salt-type block copolymer Coalescing) solution (solid content 40% by mass) was prepared. 8.13 parts by mass of the dispersant b solution as a dispersant, 11.96 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the coloring material, and 1.04 parts by mass of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A obtained in Synthesis Example 7 14.63 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution, 64.25 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm were placed in a mayonnaise bottle and pre-crushed in a paint shaker (Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.).
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 obtained in (2) above is placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm x 100 mm. , After coating with a spin coater, dry at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, irradiate ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and then post in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. By baking, the film thickness was adjusted to a film thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m to form the colored layer G1.
  • Example 2 (1) Production of Colorant Liquid G2 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A, an equimolar amount of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative B obtained above was used. Colorant liquid G2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
  • (3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G2 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G2.
  • Example 3 (1) Production of Colorant Liquid G3 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A, an equimolar amount of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative C obtained above was used. Colorant liquid G3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1). (2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G3 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring liquid G3 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G3 was obtained. (3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G3 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G3.
  • Example 4 (1) Production of Coloring Material Liquid G4 Except for using an equimolar amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the coloring material in (1) of Example 1, the procedure was carried out. Colorant liquid G4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
  • (3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G4 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G4.
  • Example 5 (1) Production of colorant liquid G5 In (1) of Example 1, the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above was used in an equimolar amount instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the colorant, and the colorant contained a sulfonic acid group.
  • a coloring material liquid G5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1) except that the sulfonic acid group-containing coloring matter derivative B obtained above was used in an equimolar amount instead of the coloring matter derivative A.
  • (2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G5 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G5 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G5 was obtained. (3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G5 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G5.
  • Example 6 (1) Production of colorant liquid G6 In (1) of Example 1, the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above was used in an equimolar amount instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the colorant, and the colorant contained a sulfonic acid group. A coloring material liquid G6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1), except that instead of the dye derivative A, the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative C obtained above was used in an equimolar amount. (2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G6 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G6 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G6 was obtained. (3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G6 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G6.
  • Example 7 (1) Production of colorant liquid G7 Except for using 12.87 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 and 0.26 parts by mass of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A as the colorant in (1) of Example 1. obtained a coloring material liquid G7 in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
  • (3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G7 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G7.
  • Example 8 (1) Production of colorant liquid G8 Except for using 11.70 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 and 1.30 parts by mass of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A as the colorant in (1) of Example 1. obtained a coloring material liquid G8 in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
  • (3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G8 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G8.
  • Comparative example 1 (1) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG1 Comparative colorant liquid CG1 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1(1), except that the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A was not used in Example 1(1). got (2) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG1 The procedure was the same as in (2) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG1 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1. Thus, a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG1 was obtained. (3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1, except for using the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG1, and (3) of Example 1 A colored layer CG1 was obtained in the same manner.
  • comparative colorant liquid CG1 was used to prepare a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition with an increased alkali-soluble resin content. Specifically, 43.43 parts by mass of the comparative colorant liquid CG1 obtained in (1) above, 8.47 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2.26 parts by mass, photoinitiator (trade name TR-PBG-3057, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) 0.50 parts by mass, photoinitiator 0.50 parts by mass of ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (trade name, manufactured by ADEKA) and 0.50 parts by mass of a sensitizer (pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), trade name Karenz MT-PE1, manufactured by
  • Comparative Example 3 (1) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG3 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A, an equimolar amount of the sulfonamide group-containing dye derivative D obtained above was used. A comparative colorant liquid CG3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
  • (2) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG3 The procedure was the same as in (2) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring material liquid CG3 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1. Thus, a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG3 was obtained. (3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1, except for using the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG3, and (3) of Example 1 A colored layer CG3 was obtained in the same manner.
  • Comparative Example 4 (1) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG4
  • an equimolar amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above was used instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the colorant, and the sulfonic acid group was A comparative colorant liquid CG4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1), except that the dye-containing derivative A was not used.
  • (2) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG4 The procedure was the same as in (2) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG4 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1. Thus, a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG4 was obtained.
  • Comparative Example 5 (1) Production of comparative colorant liquid CG5 In (1) of Example 1, an equimolar amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above was used instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the colorant, and the sulfonic acid group was A comparative colorant liquid CG5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1), except that the sulfonamide group-containing dye derivative D obtained above was used in an equimolar amount instead of the dye-containing derivative A. (2) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG5 The procedure was the same as in (2) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring material liquid CG5 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1.
  • a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG5 was obtained.
  • (3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1, except for using the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG5, and (3) of Example 1 A colored layer CG5 was obtained in the same manner.
  • a neutralizing agent (dilute hydrochloric acid) was added to the filtrate of the waste liquid to neutralize the pH to 7. After neutralization, the filtrate was obtained by filtering through a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. It was visually confirmed whether or not the obtained filtrate was colored. In addition, using a liquid chromatograph mass spectrometer (LC/MS, manufactured by Agilent Technologies, quadrupole LC/MS, Agilent 1260 Infinity), the resulting filtrate was checked for residual components of the photosensitive colored resin composition. bottom.
  • LC/MS liquid chromatograph mass spectrometer
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 8 containing the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative of the present invention contain a specific phthalocyanine dye in the coloring material, but the coloring material is recovered during waste liquid treatment after development. It was possible, the waste liquid (filtrate) was not colored, and there was no residue of the component of the photosensitive colored resin composition. Furthermore, the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 8 showed that the phthalocyanine dye was less likely to be left behind during development, so that colored development residues were less likely to remain.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

This photosensitive colored resin composition contains: a color material including a phthalocyanine compound represented by general formula (1); a sulfonic acid group-containing pigment derivative; an alkali soluble resin; a photopolymerizable compound; a photoinitiator; and a solvent. (The symbols in formula (1) are as defined in the description.)

Description

感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
 本発明は、感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition, a color filter, and a display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピューターの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピューターの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。
 これらの液晶表示装置や有機発光表示装置には、カラーフィルタが用いられる。例えば液晶表示装置のカラー画像の形成は、カラーフィルタを通過した光がそのままカラーフィルタを構成する各画素の色に着色されて、それらの色の光が合成されてカラー画像を形成する。その際の光源としては、従来の冷陰極管のほか、白色発光の有機発光素子や白色発光の無機発光素子が利用される場合がある。有機発光表示装置では、色調整などのためにカラーフィルタを用いる。
In recent years, with the development of personal computers, especially portable personal computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays is increasing. The penetration rate of mobile displays (mobile phones, smart phones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding more and more. An organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display, which has high visibility due to self-luminescence, is also attracting attention as a next-generation image display device.
Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, when forming a color image in a liquid crystal display device, the light passing through the color filter is colored into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter as it is, and the light of these colors is combined to form a color image. As a light source in that case, in addition to a conventional cold cathode tube, an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used. An organic light-emitting display device uses a color filter for color adjustment.
 ここで、カラーフィルタは、一般的に、基板と、基板上に形成され、赤、緑、青の三原色の着色パターンからなる着色層と、各着色パターンを区画するように基板上に形成された遮光部とを有している。
 カラーフィルタにおける着色層の形成方法としては、例えば、分散剤等により色材を分散してなる色材分散液にアルカリ可溶性樹脂、光重合性化合物及び光開始剤を添加してなる感光性着色樹脂組成物をガラス基板に塗布して乾燥後、フォトマスクを用いて露光し、現像を行うことによって着色パターンを形成し、加熱することによりパターンを固着して着色層を形成する。これらの工程を、各色ごとに繰り返してカラーフィルタを形成する。
Here, the color filter is generally formed on a substrate, a colored layer formed on the substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and formed on the substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. and a light shielding part.
As a method for forming a colored layer in a color filter, for example, a photosensitive colored resin obtained by adding an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound and a photoinitiator to a coloring material dispersion liquid in which a coloring material is dispersed using a dispersing agent or the like. After the composition is applied to a glass substrate and dried, it is exposed to light using a photomask and developed to form a colored pattern, which is fixed by heating to form a colored layer. These steps are repeated for each color to form a color filter.
 色材としては、耐熱性、耐光性等の観点から一般には顔料が用いられているが、顔料では特に高輝度については市場要求を満たすことができなくなってきている。そこで、染料が広く検討されてきている。染料は、染料自体の色純度やその色相の鮮やかさにより、画像表示させたときの表示画像の色相や輝度を高める上で優れている。その一方で、染料は、一般に耐熱性や耐溶剤性に劣り、また溶剤に対する溶解性が低く、得られる着色層に異物が析出するという問題があり、実用化が困難であるといわれている。緑色着色層については染料として特定のフタロシアニン系染料を用いる検討が行われている(例えば、特許文献1~3参照)。 Pigments are generally used as colorants from the standpoint of heat resistance and light resistance, but pigments are no longer able to meet market demands, especially for high brightness. Therefore, dyes have been widely investigated. Dyes are excellent in enhancing the hue and brightness of a displayed image due to the color purity of the dye itself and the vividness of its hue. On the other hand, dyes generally have poor heat resistance and solvent resistance, and have low solubility in solvents, and thus have the problem of depositing foreign substances in the resulting colored layer, and are said to be difficult to put into practical use. As for the green colored layer, the use of a specific phthalocyanine-based dye as the dye has been studied (see Patent Documents 1 to 3, for example).
特開2009-051896号公報JP 2009-051896 A 特開2014-125460号公報JP 2014-125460 A 特許2020-42263号公報Japanese Patent No. 2020-42263
 例えばカラーフィルタ製造時に着色層のパターンを形成する際、感光性着色樹脂組成物の塗膜を露光後、現像液で非露光部を現像するが、当該現像廃液には感光性着色樹脂組成物の成分が含まれる。そのため、工場においては、通常、現像廃液に凝集剤を入れて、色材を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物の成分を凝集させた後、凝集物を回収し、pH調整した水を排水する。従って、凝集物を回収後のろ液には、色材が含まれず着色していないことが必要である。
 しかしながら、上記特許文献1~3に記載されている感光性着色樹脂組成物のように色材にフタロシアニン系染料を含む場合、現像廃液は、凝集剤を投入しても十分に凝集しきらず、凝集物を回収後のろ液がフタロシアニン染料の色に着色するという問題が発生する。
For example, when forming a pattern of a colored layer during the production of a color filter, after exposing the coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition, the unexposed area is developed with a developer, but the developer waste contains the photosensitive colored resin composition. Ingredients included. Therefore, in a factory, usually, a flocculant is added to the developer waste liquid to flocculate the components of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the colorant, and then the agglomerate is recovered and the pH-adjusted water is drained. Therefore, it is necessary that the filtrate after recovery of the aggregates does not contain a coloring material and is not colored.
However, when the coloring material contains a phthalocyanine dye as in the photosensitive colored resin compositions described in Patent Documents 1 to 3, the developer waste liquid is not sufficiently aggregated even if a coagulant is added, and coagulates. A problem arises that the filtrate after recovering the substance is colored with the color of the phthalocyanine dye.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、色材に特定のフタロシアニン染料を含む場合であっても、現像後の廃液処理時に色材を回収しやすい感光性着色樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、当該感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ及び表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and provides a photosensitive colored resin composition from which the coloring material can be easily recovered during waste liquid treatment after development even when the coloring material contains a specific phthalocyanine dye. intended to Moreover, an object of this invention is to provide the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said photosensitive colored resin composition.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む色材と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention includes a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the following general formula (1), a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and light It contains an initiator and a solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(一般式(1)中、X~X16はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は-Y-Rを表し、-Y-は、-O-、-S-、又は-NH-を表し、Rは1価の有機基を表す。ただし、X~X16のうち1つ以上は-Y-Rを表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(In general formula (1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -Y-R D , and -Y- is -O-, -S-, or -NH- and R D represents a monovalent organic group, provided that one or more of X 1 to X 16 represents —Y—R D. )
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、前記着色層の少なくとも1つが前記本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である。
 また、本発明は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置を提供する。
The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is a thing.
The present invention also provides a display device having the color filter according to the present invention.
 本発明によれば、色材に特定のフタロシアニン染料を含む場合であっても、現像後の廃液処理時に色材を回収しやすい感光性着色樹脂組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、当該感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ及び表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition from which the coloring material can be easily recovered during waste liquid treatment after development, even when the coloring material contains a specific phthalocyanine dye. Moreover, according to this invention, the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said photosensitive colored resin composition can be provided.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
 以下、本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリロイルとは、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
 また、本明細書において数値範囲を示す「~」とは、その前後に記載された数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
Hereinafter, the photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device according to the present invention will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and radiation, and radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 5 μm or less and electron beams.
In the present invention, (meth)acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl, (meth)acryl represents acrylic and methacrylic, and (meth)acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
Also, in this specification, the term "to" indicating a numerical range is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
I.感光性着色樹脂組成物
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む色材と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する。
I. Photosensitive colored resin composition The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention includes a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the following general formula (1), a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, and light It contains a polymerizable compound, a photoinitiator and a solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(一般式(1)中、X~X16はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は-Y-Rを表し、-Y-は、-O-、-S-、又は-NH-を表し、Rは1価の有機基を表す。ただし、X~X16のうち1つ以上は-Y-Rを表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(In general formula (1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -Y-R D , and -Y- is -O-, -S-, or -NH- and R D represents a monovalent organic group, provided that one or more of X 1 to X 16 represents —Y—R D. )
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む色材に、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を組み合わせて用いることにより、色材に特定のフタロシアニン染料を含む場合であっても、現像後の廃液処理時に色材を回収しやすい感光性着色樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 従来の感光性着色樹脂組成物に含まれていた色材は、通常顔料であった。顔料は、溶剤に溶解性がなく粒子で存在するものであり、染料に比べ粒子径が大きく、水溶液中で表面電荷を帯びる。水溶液中に粒子で存在し表面電荷を帯びている顔料の場合には、現像廃液に電荷を有する凝集剤を添加することによって、他の樹脂成分等と共に凝集させて回収することが容易であった。
 一方、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物のような溶剤溶解性を有する染料は、各々が分子レベルで存在しやすく、水溶液中でも表面電荷が弱い又はない。そのため、色材に一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物の場合、現像廃液に凝集剤を添加しても、凝集剤がフタロシアニン化合物に作用し難く、遊離フタロシアニン化合物が生じてしまい、凝集物を回収後のろ液がフタロシアニン化合物の色に着色してしまうと推定される。
 それに対して、前記特定のフタロシアニン化合物に、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を組み合わせて用いると、フタロシアニン化合物にスルホン酸基含有色素誘導体が相互作用して、フタロシアニン化合物の表面にアニオン性をもたらすと推定される。そのため、前記特定のフタロシアニン化合物に、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を組み合わせて含む感光性着色樹脂組成物の場合、現像廃液に凝集剤を添加すると、凝集剤がフタロシアニン化合物に作用しやすく、他の樹脂成分等と共に凝集しやすくなり、遊離フタロシアニン化合物が生じ難く、色材を回収しやすいと推定される。
The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention uses a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) in combination with a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative to obtain a specific phthalocyanine dye as a coloring material. Even if it contains, it is possible to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition that is easy to collect the coloring material during waste liquid treatment after development.
Coloring materials contained in conventional photosensitive colored resin compositions are usually pigments. Pigments are insoluble in solvents and exist in the form of particles. Compared with dyes, pigments have a larger particle diameter and are surface-charged in an aqueous solution. In the case of a pigment that exists in the form of particles in an aqueous solution and has a surface charge, it was easy to aggregate and recover the pigment with other resin components by adding a charged flocculant to the waste developer. .
On the other hand, solvent-soluble dyes such as the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) tend to exist at the molecular level, and have little or no surface charge even in an aqueous solution. Therefore, in the case of a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) as a coloring material, even if a flocculant is added to the developer waste liquid, the flocculant hardly acts on the phthalocyanine compound, and free phthalocyanine It is presumed that the compound is generated, and the filtrate after collecting the aggregate is colored with the color of the phthalocyanine compound.
On the other hand, when a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative is used in combination with the specific phthalocyanine compound, it is presumed that the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative interacts with the phthalocyanine compound to impart anionicity to the surface of the phthalocyanine compound. be. Therefore, in the case of a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a combination of a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative and the specific phthalocyanine compound, if a flocculant is added to the developer waste liquid, the flocculant easily acts on the phthalocyanine compound, and other resins It is presumed that it easily aggregates together with the components, etc., makes it difficult to generate free phthalocyanine compounds, and makes it easy to recover the coloring material.
 また、本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記特定のフタロシアニン化合物に、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を組み合わせて用いることにより、現像後の残渣が抑制されることも見いだされた。現像時に残渣になりやすいフタロシアニン化合物が、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体との相互作用によって、現像時に現像液によって流されやすくなり、塗膜になった後も溶解しやすくなると推定される。 It was also found that the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention suppresses residue after development by using the above-mentioned specific phthalocyanine compound in combination with a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative. It is presumed that the phthalocyanine compound, which tends to become a residue during development, is easily washed away by the developer during development due to its interaction with the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, and is easily dissolved even after forming a coating film.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に、他の成分を含有してもよいものである。
 以下、このような本発明の着色樹脂組成物の各成分について、順に詳細に説明する。
The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a colorant, a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent, and the present It may further contain other components as long as the effects of the invention are not impaired.
Each component of the colored resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail below.
[色材]
 本発明において、色材は、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む。
 前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物において、X~X16はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は-Y-Rを表し、-Y-は、-O-、-S-、又は-NH-を表し、Rは1価の有機基を表す。ただし、X~X16のうち1つ以上は-Y-Rを表す。
[Color material]
In the present invention, the coloring material contains the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1).
In the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -Y-R D , and -Y- is -O-, -S represents - or -NH-, and RD represents a monovalent organic group. However, one or more of X 1 to X 16 represent -Y-R D.
 X~X16において、ハロゲン原子としては、例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。なお、上記式(1)中にハロゲン原子を2個以上有する場合、それら複数個のハロゲン原子は各々同一でも互いに異なっていてもよい。X~X16におけるハロゲン原子は、色味の点から、少なくともフッ素原子を含むことが好ましく、全てフッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 In X 1 to X 16 , the halogen atom includes, for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom and the like. When the above formula (1) has two or more halogen atoms, the plurality of halogen atoms may be the same or different. The halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 preferably contain at least fluorine atoms, more preferably all fluorine atoms, from the viewpoint of color.
 X~X16におけるハロゲン原子の数は、高輝度化の点から、4個以上であることが好ましく、6個以上であることがより好ましく、7個以上であることが更に好ましい。また、X~X16におけるハロゲン原子の数は、12個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましく、9個以下であることが更に好ましい。X~X16におけるハロゲン原子の数は8個であってよい。
 中でも色味、極大吸収波長域の点から、X~X16のうち6~10個、中でも7~9個は、フッ素原子であることが好ましい。
The number of halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, still more preferably 7 or more, from the viewpoint of high brightness. The number of halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 9 or less. The number of halogen atoms in X 1 to X 16 may be eight.
Among them, 6 to 10, especially 7 to 9 of X 1 to X 16 are preferably fluorine atoms in terms of color and maximum absorption wavelength range.
 X~X16は、水素原子であっても良い。X~X16のうちの水素原子の個数は、色味の調整により適宜選択されれば良いが、0~8個であってよく、0~4個であってよく、0~2個であって良い。 X 1 to X 16 may be hydrogen atoms. The number of hydrogen atoms among X 1 to X 16 may be appropriately selected by adjusting the color, and may be 0 to 8, 0 to 4, or 0 to 2. It's fine.
 -Y-Rにおける、-Y-は、-O-、-S-、又は-NH-を表し、所望の透過スペクトルを得る点から、-O-、又は、-S-が好ましく、-O-がより好ましい。
 なお、上記式(1)中に-Y-Rを2個以上有する場合、それら複数個の-Y-Rは各々同一でも互いに異なっていてもよい。
-Y- in -Y-R D represents -O-, -S-, or -NH-, and from the point of obtaining the desired transmission spectrum, -O- or -S- is preferable, -O - is more preferred.
When two or more -Y-R D are present in the above formula (1), the plurality of -Y-R D may be the same or different.
 -Y-RにおけるRは、1価の有機基である。ここで有機基とは炭素原子を含む基をいう。Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基又は複素環基が挙げられる。炭化水素基としては、直鎖、分岐、又は環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。直鎖若しくは分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基としては炭素数1~10の直鎖若しくは分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素数3~20の脂環式炭化水素基であってよく、芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基であってよく、複素環基としては窒素含有複素環、硫黄含有複素環、酸素含有複素環等が挙げられ、芳香環及び非芳香環のいずれであってもよい。 R D in -YR D is a monovalent organic group. Here, an organic group means a group containing carbon atoms. R D includes an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group. Hydrocarbon groups include linear, branched, or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and combinations thereof. The linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. It may be a cyclic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and the heterocyclic group may be a nitrogen-containing heterocycle, a sulfur-containing heterocycle, an oxygen containing heterocycles, etc., and may be either an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
 直鎖若しくは分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基等が挙げられ、脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 また、芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基等が挙げられる。
 また、複素環基としては、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピロール環、2H-ピラン環、4H-チオピラン環、ピリジン環、1,3-オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、1,3-チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、イミダ ゾール環、ピラゾール環、フラザン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環等の基等が挙げられる。
Examples of linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, etc. Examples of alicyclic hydrocarbon groups include cyclopentyl group. , a cyclohexyl group, and the like.
Moreover, examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group.
Further, the heterocyclic group includes, for example, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a 2H-pyran ring, a 4H-thiopyran ring, a pyridine ring, a 1,3-oxazole ring, and an isoxazole ring having one free valence. groups such as ring, 1,3-thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, furazane ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring and pyridazine ring;
 Rの炭化水素基又は複素環基が置換基を有する場合、当該置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、-ORd0、-CORd0、-COORd0(ここで、Rd0は炭化水素基又は複素環基)等が挙げられる。-ORd0、-CORd0、-COORd0(ここで、Rd0は炭化水素基又は複素環基)としては、具体的にはアルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 When the hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group of R D has a substituent, the substituent includes a halogen atom, —OR d0 , —COR d0 , —COOR d0 (wherein R d0 is a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic ring group) and the like. —OR d0 , —COR d0 and —COOR d0 (wherein R d0 is a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group) are specifically alkoxy group, aryloxy group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl and the like.
 -Y-RにおけるRは、塗膜硬化(ベーク)時の結晶性制御(異物の析出抑制)、溶解性の付与の点から、中でも置換基を有してもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、下記式(2)で表される1価の基であることが好ましい。 R D in -Y-R D is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, among others, from the viewpoint of crystallinity control (precipitation suppression of foreign matter) during coating film curing (baking) and imparting solubility. and preferably a monovalent group represented by the following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式(2)中、-W-は単結合又は-O-であり、Rd1は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~12の脂環式炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基である。Rd2は、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基である。pは1~3の整数であり、qは0~2の整数である。但し、pが2又は3の場合、複数のW、Rd1はそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよく、mが2の場合、複数のRd2はそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
-Y-は、-O-、-S-、又は-NH-を表し、*は、式(1)中のフタロシアニン骨格との結合位置を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In formula (2), -W- is a single bond or -O-, R d1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a substituent is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, p is an integer of 1 to 3, and q is an integer of 0 to 2. However, when p is 2 or 3, a plurality of W and R d1 may be the same or different, and when m is 2, a plurality of R d2 may be the same or different.
-Y- represents -O-, -S-, or -NH-, and * indicates the bonding position with the phthalocyanine skeleton in formula (1). )
 上記式(2)において、上記脂肪族炭化水素基、脂環式炭化水素基、及び芳香族炭化水素基の置換基としては、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基を挙げることができる。Rd1は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。当該アルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルキル基である。Rd1が置換アルキル基である場合、置換基として炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基を有する基であることが好ましい。
 pは1又は2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。p=1の場合、-CO-W-Rd1は、-Y-に対して3位又は4位に結合していることが好ましく、4位に結合していることがより好ましい。p=2の場合、2個の-CO-W-Rd1は、-Y-に対して3,5位又は2,4位に結合していることが好ましく、3,5位に結合していることがより好ましい。
 qは0又は1が好ましく、0がより好ましい。
 上記式(2)で表される基の好ましい具体例としては、下記式(2-1)~式(2-10)のそれぞれで表される基が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
In the above formula (2), examples of substituents for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, alicyclic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group include alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. R d1 is preferably an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. is particularly preferred. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. When R d1 is a substituted alkyl group, it is preferably a group having an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms as a substituent.
As for p, 1 or 2 is preferable and 1 is more preferable. When p=1, -CO-WR d1 is preferably bonded to -Y- at the 3- or 4-position, more preferably at the 4-position. When p = 2, the two -CO-WR d1 are preferably bonded to the 3,5-position or 2,4-position to -Y-, and bonded to the 3,5-position It is more preferable to be
q is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
Preferred specific examples of the group represented by the above formula (2) include groups represented by the following formulas (2-1) to (2-10), but are not limited thereto. do not have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式(2-1)~式(2-10)において、-Y-は、-O-、-S-、又は-NH-を表し、*は、式(1)中のフタロシアニン骨格との結合位置を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(In formulas (2-1) to (2-10), -Y- represents -O-, -S-, or -NH-, * is a bond with the phthalocyanine skeleton in formula (1) position.)
 X~X16における-Y-Rの数は、所望の透過スペクトル(高輝度)を得る点、及び塗膜硬化(ベーク)時のフタロシアニン化合物特有の結晶性制御(異物の析出抑制)の点から、4個以上であることが好ましく、6個以上であることがより好ましく、7個以上であることが更に好ましい。また、X~X16における-Y-Rの数は、12個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましく、9個以下であることが更に好ましい。X~X16における-Y-Rの数は8個であってよい。
 所望の透過スペクトル(高輝度)を得る点から、X~X16は、X、X、X、X、X10、X11、X14及びX15のうち、少なくとも4個以上が-Y-Rであることが好ましく、X、X、X、X、X10、X11、X14及びX15の全てが基-Y-Rであって、残り(X、X、X、X、X、X12、X13及びX16)がハロゲン原子であることが特に好ましい。
The number of —Y—R D in X 1 to X 16 is the point of obtaining the desired transmission spectrum (high brightness), and the crystallinity control (precipitation suppression of foreign matter) peculiar to the phthalocyanine compound during coating curing (baking). From the point of view, the number is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and even more preferably 7 or more. The number of —Y—R D in X 1 to X 16 is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, even more preferably 9 or less. The number of —Y—R D in X 1 to X 16 may be eight.
X 1 to X 16 are at least four of X 2 , X 3 , X 6 , X 7 , X 10 , X 11 , X 14 and X 15 in order to obtain a desired transmission spectrum (high luminance) is -Y-R D , X 2 , X 3 , X 6 , X 7 , X 10 , X 11 , X 14 and X 15 are all groups -Y-R D and the remainder ( X 1 , X 4 , X 5 , X 8 , X 9 , X 12 , X 13 and X 16 ) are particularly preferably halogen atoms.
 一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物の好ましい具体例としては、下記式(1-1)~(1-6)のそれぞれで表される化合物が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。 Preferable specific examples of the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) include compounds represented by the following formulas (1-1) to (1-6), but are not limited thereto. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 ハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材の製造方法としては、従来公知の製法を適宜選択して用いることができる。例えば、溶融状態または有機溶剤中で、フタロニトリル化合物と金属塩とを環化反応する製法が好ましく使用でき、例えば、特開2014-43556号公報や、特開2020-42263号公報を参照して製造することができる。出発原料に用いられるフタロニトリル化合物についても、従来公知の製造方法を適宜選択して合成することができ、市販品を用いても良い。 As a method for producing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, conventionally known production methods can be appropriately selected and used. For example, a method of cyclizing a phthalonitrile compound and a metal salt in a molten state or in an organic solvent can be preferably used. can be manufactured. The phthalonitrile compound used as a starting material can also be synthesized by appropriately selecting a conventionally known production method, and a commercially available product may be used.
 本発明において、色材は、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物の他に、更に他の色材を含んでもよい。
 他の色材は、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、染料、染料の造塩化合物等を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。有機顔料としては、例えばカラーインデックス(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists 社発行)においてピグメント(Pigment)に分類されている化合物、具体的には、下記のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号が付されているものを挙げることができる。
In the present invention, the coloring material may further contain other coloring materials in addition to the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1).
The other coloring material is not particularly limited as long as it is capable of developing a desired color, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dyes, salt-forming compounds of dyes, etc. may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can be used. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because of their high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of organic pigments include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (C.I.; published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists). .) numbered ones can be mentioned.
 黄色色材としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、185、231、及びこれらの誘導体顔料等の黄色顔料、クマリン系染料、シアニン系染料、メロシアニン系染料、アゾ系染料、メチン系染料、アゾメチン系染料、キノフタロン系染料等の黄色染料等が挙げられる。 As a yellow coloring material, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185, 231, and yellow pigments such as derivative pigments thereof, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, azo dyes, methine dyes, azomethine dyes, quinophthalone dyes, etc. and yellow dyes.
 黄色色材としては、中でも耐熱性及び耐光性が良好で、透過率が高い点から、キノフタロン系色材であることが好ましい。また、キノフタロン系色材は、カラーフィルタ用途に適した色相を有する点でも好ましい。
 キノフタロン系色材とは、キナルジン等のキノリン誘導体と、無水フタル酸誘導体又は無水ナフタル酸誘導体との縮合により合成される色材をいい、顔料、染料、染料の造塩化合物のいずれであってもよい。
 キノフタロン系色材のうち、キノフタロン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138等が挙げられる。
 キノフタロン染料としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースイエロー54、64、67、134、149、160、C.I.ソルベントイエロー114、157等が挙げられる。
As the yellow colorant, a quinophthalone-based colorant is preferable because of its excellent heat resistance and light resistance and high transmittance. In addition, the quinophthalone-based colorant is also preferable in that it has a hue suitable for use in color filters.
A quinophthalone-based colorant refers to a colorant synthesized by condensation of a quinoline derivative such as quinaldine and a phthalic anhydride derivative or a naphthalic anhydride derivative, and may be any of pigments, dyes, and salt-forming compounds of dyes. good.
Among quinophthalone colorants, quinophthalone pigments include, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 and the like.
Examples of quinophthalone dyes include C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 114, 157 and the like.
 他の緑色色材としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55、58、59、62、63等の緑色顔料、スクアリリウム、トリアリールメタン、アントラキノン、クマリン、シアニン、またはアゾ染料等の緑色染料等が挙げられる。
 色度の調整しやすさの点から、前記ハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物とは異なる他の緑色色材としては、フタロシアニン緑色顔料であることが好ましい。
 当該フタロシアニン緑色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58、59、62、63等が挙げられる。輝度の調整しやすさの点から、当該フタロシアニン緑色顔料としてはC.I.ピグメントグリーン7、58、59、62、又は63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58、59、62、又は63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59がより好ましい。
Other green colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58, 59, 62, 63, etc. green pigments, squarylium, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, coumarin, cyanine, or green dyes such as azo dyes.
From the viewpoint of easiness of adjusting chromaticity, the other green coloring material different from the halogenated phthalocyanine compound is preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment.
Examples of the phthalocyanine green pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, 63 and the like. From the viewpoint of easiness in adjusting luminance, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 58, 59, 62 or 63 is preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59, 62 or 63 is preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 is more preferred.
 また、オレンジ色色材として、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73;
 青色色材として、C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60;
 紫色色材として、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、29、32、36、38等が挙げられる。
Further, as an orange colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73;
As a blue colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 60;
As a purple colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38 and the like.
 前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物は通常緑色を呈するため、他の色材としては、黄色色材、及び他の緑色色材からなる群から選択される1種以上が好適に用いられる。 Since the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) usually exhibits a green color, the other colorant is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of yellow colorants and other green colorants. be done.
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、色材全体に対する前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されず、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む色材全体に対して、100質量%であってもよい。本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、他の色材を含有する場合には、所望の色度調整の点から、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む色材全体に対して、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を30~95質量%含有してもよく、40~85質量%含有してもよく、50~80質量%含有してもよい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) with respect to the entire colorant may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. , may be 100% by mass with respect to the entire coloring material containing the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1). In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, if it contains another colorant, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment, for the entire colorant containing the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) It may contain 30 to 95% by mass, 40 to 85% by mass, or 50 to 80% by mass of the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1).
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、黄色色材を含有する場合、黄色色材は、適宜選択され、1種単独又は2種以上混合して用いられる。
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、所望の色度調整の点から、前記前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を100質量部に対して、黄色色材を5~233質量部含有してもよく、18~150質量部含有してもよく、25~100質量部含有してもよい。
When the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains a yellow colorant, the yellow colorant is appropriately selected and used singly or in combination of two or more.
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the yellow colorant to the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment, the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) may contain 5 to 233 parts by mass of a yellow colorant per 100 parts by mass, and 18 to 150 It may be contained in parts by mass, and may be contained in 25 to 100 parts by mass.
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物とは異なる緑色色材を含有する場合、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物とは異なる緑色色材は、適宜選択され、1種単独又は2種以上混合して用いられる。
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物に対する、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物とは異なる緑色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、所望の色度調整、輝度調整の点から、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を100質量部に対して、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物とは異なる緑色色材を5~233質量部含有してもよく、18~150質量部含有してもよく、25~100質量部含有してもよい。
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, if it contains a green colorant different from the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1), a green color different from the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) Colorants are appropriately selected and used singly or in combination of two or more.
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the green colorant different from the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) with respect to the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) is the desired There is no particular limitation as long as the chromaticity is appropriately adjusted. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment and brightness adjustment, a green color different from the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) is added to 100 parts by mass of the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1). The coloring material may be contained in 5 to 233 parts by mass, 18 to 150 parts by mass, or 25 to 100 parts by mass.
 また、本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物以外の緑色色材を更に含有する場合、色材全体に対する前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む緑色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、所望の色度調整、輝度調整の点から、色材全体に対して、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む緑色色材を30~95質量%含有することが好ましく、50~80質量%含有することがより好ましい。
 また、前記本発明のハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を含む緑色色材に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、所望の色度調整、輝度調整の点から、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む緑色色材を100質量部に対して、黄色色材を5~70質量部含有することが好ましく、20~50質量部含有することがより好ましい。
Further, in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, when further containing a green colorant other than the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1), represented by the general formula (1) for the entire colorant The content of the green colorant containing the phthalocyanine compound is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment and brightness adjustment, it is preferable to contain 30 to 95% by mass of a green colorant containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) with respect to the entire colorant, It is more preferable to contain 50 to 80% by mass.
Moreover, the content ratio of the yellow colorant to the green colorant containing the halogenated phthalocyanine colorant of the present invention may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, from the viewpoint of desired chromaticity adjustment and brightness adjustment, 5 to 70 parts by mass of a yellow colorant is contained with respect to 100 parts by mass of a green colorant containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1). more preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.
 また、本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲で、色材中に、緑色色材及び黄色色材以外の他の色材を更に含んでいても良いが、前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む緑色色材と、黄色色材との合計含有量は、色材全体に対して、70~100質量%であってよく、中でも80~100質量%であってよい。 Further, in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the colorant may further contain a colorant other than the green colorant and the yellow colorant as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. However, the total content of the green colorant containing the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) and the yellow colorant may be 70 to 100% by mass with respect to the entire colorant, especially 80 It may be up to 100% by mass.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物において、色材の含有量は、特に限定されない。色材の合計含有量は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは3質量%~65質量%、より好ましくは4質量%~60質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、感光性着色樹脂組成物を所定の膜厚(通常は1.0μm~5.0μm)に塗布した際の着色層が充分な色濃度を有する。また、上記上限値以下であれば、保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得ることができる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、色材の合計含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは15質量%~65質量%、より好ましくは25質量%~60質量%の範囲内である。
 尚、本発明において固形分は、後述する溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。
The content of the coloring material in the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention is not particularly limited. The total content of the colorant, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, for example preferably 3% by mass to 65% by mass, more preferably 4% by mass to It is within the range of 60% by mass. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer will have a sufficient color density when the photosensitive colored resin composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 μm to 5.0 μm). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the coloring layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board|substrate can be obtained. Especially when forming a colored layer having a high colorant concentration, the total content of the colorant is preferably 15% by mass to 65% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 65% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is in the range of 25% by mass to 60% by mass.
In the present invention, the solid content refers to all substances other than the solvent, which will be described later, and includes monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
[スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体]
 色素誘導体は、色素骨格に官能基を付与し、様々な機能を色素に付加する役割を持つ化合物である。本発明においては色素誘導体として、スルホン酸基(-SOH)を有する色素誘導体が用いられる。スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体は、カラーフィルタの着色層に用いられるような各種顔料等の色材の色素骨格を有することが好ましい。
[Sulfonic Acid Group-Containing Dye Derivative]
A dye derivative is a compound that has a role of imparting a functional group to a dye skeleton and adding various functions to the dye. In the present invention, a dye derivative having a sulfonic acid group (--SO 3 H) is used as the dye derivative. The sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative preferably has a dye skeleton of a coloring material such as various pigments used in the colored layer of a color filter.
 本発明に用いられる色素誘導体の色素骨格としては、例えば、フタロシアニン骨格、キノフタロン骨格、トリアリールメタン骨格、キサンテン骨格、クマリン骨格、ナフトールアゾ骨格、ジケトピロロピロール骨格、キナクリドン骨格等が挙げられる。本発明に用いられる色素誘導体の色素骨格としては、前記一般式(1)で表される化合物とπ-πスタッキングにより相互作用しやすい点から、芳香族環を有する色素骨格が好ましい。 Examples of the dye skeleton of the dye derivative used in the present invention include a phthalocyanine skeleton, a quinophthalone skeleton, a triarylmethane skeleton, a xanthene skeleton, a coumarin skeleton, a naphthol azo skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, and a quinacridone skeleton. As the dye skeleton of the dye derivative used in the present invention, a dye skeleton having an aromatic ring is preferable because it is likely to interact with the compound represented by the general formula (1) through π-π stacking.
 スルホン酸基(-SOH)を有する色素誘導体において、スルホン酸基(-SOH)は、色素骨格に直接結合していても良いし、例えば-SONH-(CH-SOH(ここでmは1~6の整数である。)等、連結基を介して、色素骨格にスルホン酸基が結合していても良い。
 対象成分への作用のしやすさの点から、スルホン酸基(-SOH)は、色素骨格に直接結合していてよい。
In the dye derivative having a sulfonic acid group (--SO 3 H), the sulfonic acid group (--SO 3 H) may be directly bonded to the dye skeleton, for example --SO 2 NH--(CH 2 ) m -- A sulfonic acid group may be bonded to the dye skeleton via a linking group such as SO 3 H (here, m is an integer of 1 to 6).
The sulfonic acid group (--SO 3 H) may be directly bonded to the dye skeleton from the viewpoint of easy action on the target component.
 また、スルホン酸基(-SOH)を有する色素誘導体において、スルホン酸基の置換数は、1分子中、1~4であってよく、1~2であることが好ましく、中でも1であることが、輝度を低下させ難い点から好ましい。 In addition, in the dye derivative having a sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H), the number of sulfonic acid group substitutions per molecule may be 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 2, and particularly 1. is preferable because it is difficult to lower the luminance.
 前記一般式(1)で表されるハロゲン化フタロシアニン色材を含む色材を用い、通常緑色着色層とすることから、色素誘導体の色素骨格としては、色相の点から、緑色色材の色素骨格を有する色素誘導体、青色色材の色素骨格を有する色素誘導体、又は、黄色色材の色素骨格を有する色素誘導体であることが好ましい。 A coloring material containing a halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material represented by the general formula (1) is used to form a green colored layer. , a dye derivative having a dye skeleton of a blue colorant, or a dye derivative having a dye skeleton of a yellow colorant.
 本発明に用いられる色素誘導体の色素骨格としては、中でも、色相の点、及び、前記一般式(1)で表される化合物との構造類似性によって、より相互作用しやすい点から、フタロシアニン骨格又はキノフタロン骨格であることがより好ましい。 The dye skeleton of the dye derivative used in the present invention is, among others, a phthalocyanine skeleton or a A quinophthalone skeleton is more preferred.
 フタロシアニン骨格を有する色素としては、例えば、無金属のフタロシアニン色素、銅フタロシアニン色素、ニッケルフタロシアニン色素、アルミニウムフタロシアニン色素、コバルトフタロシアニン色素、亜鉛フタロシアニン色素等が挙げられる。フタロシアニン骨格を有する色素としては、フタロシアニンに置換基を有していなくても良いが、フタロシアニンにアルキル基、ハロゲン原子等公知の置換基を有していても良い。
 フタロシアニン骨格を有する色素としては、原料を入手しやすい点から、フタロシアニン色素、又は、銅フタロシアニン色素であることが好ましく、銅フタロシアニン色素であって良い。
Examples of dyes having a phthalocyanine skeleton include metal-free phthalocyanine dyes, copper phthalocyanine dyes, nickel phthalocyanine dyes, aluminum phthalocyanine dyes, cobalt phthalocyanine dyes, and zinc phthalocyanine dyes. As a dye having a phthalocyanine skeleton, the phthalocyanine does not have to have a substituent, but the phthalocyanine may have a known substituent such as an alkyl group or a halogen atom.
As a dye having a phthalocyanine skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye or a copper phthalocyanine dye is preferable, and a copper phthalocyanine dye may be used, because the raw material is easily available.
 一方、キノフタロン骨格を有する色素としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138等のキノフタロン顔料、例えば、C.I.ディスパースイエロー54、64、67、134、149、160、C.I.ソルベントイエロー114、157等のキノフタロン染料が挙げられる。
 キノフタロン骨格を有する色素としては、透過率が高く輝度が高い点から、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138、又は、ピグメントイエロー231であることが好ましく、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138であって良い。
On the other hand, examples of dyes having a quinophthalone skeleton include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, such as quinophthalone pigments such as C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Quinophthalone dyes such as Solvent Yellow 114 and 157 are included.
As a dye having a quinophthalone skeleton, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 or Pigment Yellow 231 is preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 may be used.
 色素にスルホン酸基を導入する方法としては、公知のスルホン化を用いることにより調製することができる。色素のスルホン酸基の導入は、例えば、銅フタロシアニン等の色素を、濃硫酸、発煙硫酸、クロロスルホン酸又はこれらの混合液などに投入してスルホン化反応を行うことにより製造することができる。スルホン化反応後、反応液を大量の水で希釈し、得られた懸濁液を濾過した後に水系の洗浄液で洗浄し、乾燥する。 As a method for introducing a sulfonic acid group into a dye, it can be prepared by using known sulfonation. The sulfonic acid group of the dye can be introduced, for example, by introducing a dye such as copper phthalocyanine into concentrated sulfuric acid, fuming sulfuric acid, chlorosulfonic acid, or a mixture of these to carry out a sulfonation reaction. After the sulfonation reaction, the reaction solution is diluted with a large amount of water, and the resulting suspension is filtered, washed with an aqueous washing solution, and dried.
 上記の方法でスルホン化を行う場合、反応液濃度、反応温度、反応時間などを調整することにより1分子当たりのスルホン酸基の導入量を制御することができる。 When sulfonation is performed by the above method, the amount of sulfonic acid groups introduced per molecule can be controlled by adjusting the reaction solution concentration, reaction temperature, reaction time, and the like.
 スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体としては、1種単独で又は2種類以上混合して用いることができる。例えば、スルホン酸基の置換位置又は置換数が異なるスルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を2種以上混合して用いても良い。
 或いは、例えばスルホン酸基含有銅フタロシアニン誘導体と、スルホン酸基含有C.I.ピグメントイエロー138誘導体との混合など、2種以上の色素骨格を有する色素誘導体を混合して用いても良い。
The sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative can be used singly or in combination of two or more. For example, two or more sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivatives having different substitution positions or numbers of sulfonic acid groups may be used in combination.
Alternatively, for example, a sulfonic acid group-containing copper phthalocyanine derivative and a sulfonic acid group-containing C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 derivative may be used as a mixture of two or more dye derivatives having a dye skeleton.
 本発明において、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体は、前記一般式(1)で表される化合物の合計含有量に対して、1質量%~15質量%含有されることが好ましく、2質量%~10質量%含有されることがより好ましく、3質量%~9質量%含有されることが更に好ましい。このような含有量で用いられることにより、色相を大きく変えることなく、色材に特定のフタロシアニン染料を含む場合であっても、現像後の廃液処理時に色材を回収しやすい。 In the present invention, the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative is preferably contained in an amount of 1% by mass to 15% by mass, and 2% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total content of the compounds represented by the general formula (1). It is more preferably contained in an amount of 3% by mass to 9% by mass. By using such a content, even if the coloring material contains a specific phthalocyanine dye, the coloring material can be easily recovered during waste liquid treatment after development without significantly changing the hue.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物において、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体の合計含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば0.03質量%~9.75質量%であってよく、0.12質量%~9.0質量%であってよく、好ましくは1.0質量%~5.0質量%、より好ましくは2.5質量%~3.5質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、色材に特定のフタロシアニン染料を含む場合であっても、現像後の廃液処理時に色材を回収しやすい。また、上記上限値以下であれば、光学特性(輝度)や染料溶解性に影響を与えにくい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention, the total content of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative is, for example, 0.03% by mass to 9.75% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. may be 0.12 wt% to 9.0 wt%, preferably 1.0 wt% to 5.0 wt%, more preferably 2.5 wt% to 3.5 wt% Within range. When the content is at least the above lower limit, even when the coloring material contains a specific phthalocyanine dye, the coloring material can be easily recovered during waste liquid treatment after development. Further, when the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the optical properties (brightness) and dye solubility are hardly affected.
[アルカリ可溶性樹脂]
 本発明に用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられるアルカリ現像液に可溶性であるものの中から、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、酸価が40mgKOH/g以上であることを目安にすることができる。
[Alkali-soluble resin]
The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used from those that act as a binder resin and are soluble in an alkali developer used for pattern formation. can.
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin can be defined as having an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有する酸性基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。カルボキシ基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、カルボキシ基を有するカルボキシ基含有共重合体やカルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等が挙げられる。カルボキシ基含有共重合体としては、カルボキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-(メタ)アクリル系共重合体等の(メタ)アクリル系共重合体等が挙げられる。
 また、これら(メタ)アクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-(メタ)アクリル系共重合体等の(メタ)アクリル系共重合体、及びエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
A carboxy group is mentioned as an acidic group which alkali-soluble resin has, for example. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin having a carboxy group include a carboxy group-containing copolymer having a carboxy group and an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group. Examples of the carboxy group-containing copolymer include (meth) acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group and styrene-(meth) acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group. .
In addition, these (meth)acrylic copolymers, styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymers having a carboxyl group, (meth)acrylic copolymers such as (meth)acrylic copolymers, and epoxy (meth)acrylate resins are a mixture of two or more. can be used as
 カルボキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-(メタ)アクリル系共重合体等の(メタ)アクリル系共重合体は、例えば、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマー、及び必要に応じて共重合可能なその他のモノマーを、公知の方法により(共)重合して得られた(共)重合体である。 A (meth)acrylic copolymer such as a (meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group is, for example, a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer, and, if necessary, other copolymerizable monomers are (co)polymerized by a known method.
 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、(メタ)アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどのヒドロキシ基を有するモノマーと無水マレイン酸や無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシル基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの無水物含有モノマーを用いてもよい。中でも、共重合性やコスト、溶解性、ガラス転移温度などの点から(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましい。 Carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, (meth)acrylic acid dimer etc. In addition, addition reaction products of monomers having a hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and cyclic anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride and cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone mono (Meth)acrylates and the like can also be used. Anhydride-containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride may also be used as precursors of carboxyl groups. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、基板との密着性に優れる点から、更に炭化水素環を有することが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂に、嵩高い基である炭化水素環を有することにより、硬化時の収縮が抑制され、基板との間の剥離が緩和し、基板密着性が向上する。また、嵩高い基である炭化水素環を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂を用いることにより、得られる着色層の耐溶剤性が向上し、特に着色層の膨潤が抑制される点においても好ましい。
 このような炭化水素環としては、置換基を有していてもよい環状の脂肪族炭化水素環、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、炭化水素環がカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基等の置換基を有していてもよい。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the substrate. By having a hydrocarbon ring, which is a bulky group, in the alkali-soluble resin, shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling from the substrate is alleviated, and substrate adhesion is improved. Further, by using an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group, the solvent resistance of the resulting colored layer is improved, and in particular swelling of the colored layer is suppressed, which is also preferable.
Examples of such hydrocarbon rings include cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon rings which may have substituents, aromatic rings which may have substituents, and combinations thereof, and hydrocarbon rings may have a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxycarbonyl group or an amide group.
 炭化水素環の具体例としては、シクロプロパン、シクロブタン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、ノルボルナン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デカン(ジシクロペンタン)、アダマンタン等の脂肪族炭化水素環;ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン、フェナントレン、フルオレン等の芳香族炭化水素環;ビフェニル、ターフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、トリフェニルメタン、スチルベン等の鎖状多環や、カルド構造(9,9-ジアリールフルオレン)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0(2,6)]decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane. Ring: Aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene, etc.; Chain polycyclic ring such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene), etc. is mentioned.
 中でも、炭化水素環として、脂肪族炭化水素環を含む場合には、着色層の耐熱性や密着性が向上すると共に、得られた着色層の輝度が向上する点から好ましい。
 また、フルオレン骨格に二つのベンゼン環が結合した構造(カルド構造)を含む場合には、着色層の硬化性が向上し、耐溶剤性が向上し、特にNMPに対する膨潤が抑制される点から特に好ましい。
 炭化水素環は、1価の基として含まれていても良いし、2価以上の基として含まれていても良い。
Among them, when an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is contained as the hydrocarbon ring, the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer are improved, and the brightness of the obtained colored layer is also preferably improved.
In addition, when a structure (cardo structure) in which two benzene rings are bonded to a fluorene skeleton is included, the curability of the colored layer is improved, the solvent resistance is improved, and swelling against NMP is particularly suppressed. preferable.
The hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or may be contained as a divalent or higher group.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂において、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位とは別に、上記炭化水素環を有する構成単位を有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体を用いることが、各構成単位量を調整しやすく、上記炭化水素環を有する構成単位量を増加して当該構成単位が有する機能を向上させやすい点から好ましい。
 カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、上記炭化水素環とを有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体は、前述の「共重合可能なその他のモノマー」として炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーを用いることにより調製することができる。
In the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention, using a (meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, in addition to a structural unit having a carboxy group, adjusts the amount of each structural unit. It is preferable from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the function of the structural unit by increasing the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring.
In the (meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and the above hydrocarbon ring, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring is used as the above-mentioned "other copolymerizable monomer". can be prepared by
 炭化水素環を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂に用いられる炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン、前記カルド構造とエチレン性不飽和基とを有するモノマーなどを好ましく用いることができ、加熱処理後においても色材由来の異物の析出を抑制する効果が大きい点から、中でも、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン、前記カルド構造とエチレン性不飽和基とを有するモノマーが好ましい。 Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydrocarbon ring used in alkali-soluble resins having a hydrocarbon ring include, for example, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, ) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, a monomer having a cardo structure and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the like can be preferably used. Among them, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, the cardo structure and the ethylenically unsaturated group and are preferred.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂はまた、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有することが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合を有する場合には、カラーフィルタ製造時における樹脂組成物の硬化工程において、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂同士、乃至、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂と多官能モノマー等が架橋結合を形成し得る。硬化膜の膜強度がより向上して現像耐性が向上し、また、硬化膜の熱収縮が抑制されて基板との密着性に優れるようになる。
 なお、エチレン性不飽和基とは、ラジカル重合可能な炭素-炭素二重結合を含む基を意味し、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等が挙げられる。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂中に、エチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法は、従来公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有するカルボキシル基に、分子内にエポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを併せ持つ化合物、例えばグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法や、ヒドロキシ基を有する構成単位を共重合体に導入しておいて、分子内にイソシアネート基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを備えた化合物を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法などが挙げられる。
The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention also preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in its side chain. In the case of having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the alkali-soluble resins may form cross-linked bonds with each other, or between the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer in the step of curing the resin composition during the production of the color filter. The film strength of the cured film is further improved, the development resistance is improved, and the heat shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed, resulting in excellent adhesion to the substrate.
The ethylenically unsaturated group means a radically polymerizable group containing a carbon-carbon double bond, and examples thereof include (meth)acryloyl group, vinyl group and allyl group.
A method for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated bond into an alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method of adding a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, to the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into the side chain. Alternatively, a structural unit having a hydroxy group is introduced into the copolymer, a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added in the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into the side chain. methods and the like.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、更にメチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート等、エステル基を有する構成単位等の他の構成単位を含有していてもよい。エステル基を有する構成単位は、感光性着色樹脂組成物のアルカリ可溶性を抑制する成分として機能するだけでなく、溶剤に対する溶解性、さらには溶剤再溶解性を向上させる成分としても機能する。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group such as methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate. A structural unit having an ester group functions not only as a component that suppresses the alkali solubility of the photosensitive colored resin composition, but also as a component that improves the solubility in a solvent and the solvent re-solubility.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位とを有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-(メタ)アクリル系共重合体等の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましく、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位と、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位とを有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-(メタ)アクリル系共重合体等の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂であることがより好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention is a (meth)acrylic copolymer and a styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxyl group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring ( It is preferably a meth)acrylic resin, and a (meth)acrylic copolymer and styrene having a structural unit having a carboxyl group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond - (Meth)acrylic resins such as (meth)acrylic copolymers are more preferred.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、各構成単位を誘導するモノマーの仕込み量を適宜調整することにより、所望の性能とすることができる。 The desired performance of the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention can be obtained by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of the monomer that induces each structural unit.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体におけるカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの共重合割合は、通常、5質量%~50質量%、好ましくは10質量%~40質量%である。この場合、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの共重合割合が5質量%以上では、得られる塗膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の低下が抑制でき、パターン形成が容易になる。また、共重合割合が50質量%以下では、アルカリ現像液による現像時のパターンの欠けやパターン表面の膜荒れが発生しにくい。なお、前記共重合割合は、各モノマーの仕込み量から算出される値である。 The copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually 5% to 50% by mass, preferably 10% to 40% by mass. In this case, when the copolymerization ratio of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is 5% by mass or more, the decrease in the solubility of the obtained coating film in an alkaline developer can be suppressed, and pattern formation is facilitated. Further, when the copolymerization ratio is 50% by mass or less, chipping of the pattern and film roughness on the pattern surface are less likely to occur during development with an alkaline developer. In addition, the said copolymerization ratio is a value calculated from the preparation amount of each monomer.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としてより好ましく用いられる、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位を有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-(メタ)アクリル系共重合体等の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂において、エポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを併せ持つモノマーの仕込み量は、カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量100質量%に対して、10質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、15質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましい。 In addition, (meth)acrylic resins such as (meth)acrylic copolymers and styrene-(meth)acrylic copolymers having structural units having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, which are more preferably used as alkali-soluble resins , The charged amount of the monomer having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the charged amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer. More preferably, it is in the range of 90% by mass to 90% by mass.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体の好ましい重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000~50,000の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは3,000~20,000である。カルボキシ基含有共重合体の重量平均分子量が1,000以上では、塗膜の硬化性が十分に得られ、また50,000以下では、アルカリ現像液による現像時に、パターン形成が容易となる。
 なお、本発明における重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。
A preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the carboxyl group-containing copolymer is 1,000 or more, sufficient curability of the coating film can be obtained, and when it is 50,000 or less, pattern formation becomes easy during development with an alkaline developer.
Incidentally, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the present invention is obtained as a standard polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 カルボキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the (meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、エポキシ化合物と不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸との反応物を酸無水物と反応させて得られるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物が適している。エポキシ化合物、不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸、及び酸無水物は、公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、中でも、分子内に前記カルド構造を含むものが、表示不良抑制効果が向上し、且つ、着色層の硬化性が向上し、また着色層の残膜率が高くなる点から好ましい。
The epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited. ) acrylate compounds are suitable. Epoxy compounds, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acids, and acid anhydrides can be appropriately selected from known ones and used.
Among the epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxyl group, those containing the cardo structure in the molecule improve the effect of suppressing display defects, improve the curability of the colored layer, and reduce the residue of the colored layer. It is preferable from the point that the film ratio becomes high.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点から、酸価が40mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。前記カルボキシ基含有共重合体は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点、及び基板への密着性の点から、中でも、酸価が50mgKOH/g以上300mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上280mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上250mgKOH/g以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 なお、本発明において酸価はJIS K 0070に従って測定することができる。
The alkali-soluble resin more preferably has an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used as a developer. The carboxyl group-containing copolymer has an acid value of 50 mgKOH/g or more and 300 mgKOH/g or less in terms of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used in the developer and adhesion to a substrate. more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more and 280 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more and 250 mgKOH/g or less.
Incidentally, in the present invention, the acid value can be measured according to JIS K 0070.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する場合のエチレン性不飽和結合当量は、硬化膜の膜強度が向上して、色材の析出をより抑制できる点から、100以上2000以下の範囲であることが好ましく、特に、140以上1500以下の範囲であることが好ましい。該エチレン性不飽和結合当量が、2000以下であれば現像耐性や密着性に優れている。また、100以上であれば、前記カルボキシ基を有する構成単位や、炭化水素環を有する構成単位などの他の構成単位の割合を相対的に増やすことができるため、現像性や耐熱性に優れている。ここで、エチレン性不飽和結合当量とは、上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂におけるエチレン性不飽和結合1モル当りの重量平均分子量のことであり、下記数式(1)で表される。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent when the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group is 100 or more and 2000 or less from the viewpoint that the film strength of the cured film is improved and the deposition of the coloring material can be further suppressed. A range is preferable, and a range of 140 or more and 1500 or less is particularly preferable. If the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Also, if it is 100 or more, the ratio of other structural units such as structural units having a carboxy group and structural units having a hydrocarbon ring can be relatively increased, so that excellent developability and heat resistance can be obtained. there is Here, the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is the weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
数式(1)   エチレン性不飽和結合当量(g/mol)=W(g)/M(mol)
(数式(1)中、Wは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の質量(g)を表し、Mはアルカリ可溶性樹脂W(g)中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合のモル数(mol)を表す。)
Formula (1) Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) = W (g) / M (mol)
(In formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合当量は、例えば、JIS K 0070:1992に記載のよう素価の試験方法に準拠して、アルカリ可溶性樹脂1gあたりに含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合の数を測定することにより算出してもよい。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is obtained, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained per 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the iodine value test method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. can be calculated.
 感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量としては特に制限はないが、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは5質量%~60質量%、さらに好ましくは10質量%~40質量%の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、充分なアルカリ現像性が得られ、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けを抑制できる。 The alkali-soluble resins used in the photosensitive colored resin composition may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5% to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. Within range. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability is obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at most the above upper limit, film roughness and pattern chipping during development are prevented. can be suppressed.
[光重合性化合物]
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光重合性化合物とは、光重合性基を分子中に有する化合物をいう。光重合性基としては、光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されないが、エチレン性不飽和結合が挙げられ、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基等が挙げられる。光重合性基としては、中でも紫外線硬化性の点から、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基が好適に用いられる。
 光重合性化合物としては、硬化性の点から、1分子中に光重合性基を2個以上有する化合物を含有することが好ましく、1分子中に光重合性基を3個以上有する化合物を含有することがより好ましい。
[Photopolymerizable compound]
The photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention refers to a compound having a photopolymerizable group in its molecule. The photopolymerizable group is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator, and includes an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group. be done. As the photopolymerizable group, an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is preferably used from the viewpoint of ultraviolet curability.
As the photopolymerizable compound, from the viewpoint of curability, it is preferable to contain a compound having two or more photopolymerizable groups in one molecule, and a compound having three or more photopolymerizable groups in one molecule is contained. is more preferable.
 光重合性化合物は、後述する光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、通常、エチレン性不飽和結合を2つ以上有する化合物が用いられ、特にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を2つ以上有する、多官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
The photopolymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by the photoinitiator described later, and usually a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is used, particularly an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group. It is preferably a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate having two or more.
As such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate, it may be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 これらの光重合性化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、光重合性化合物が、重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。 These photopolymerizable compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, when excellent photocurability (high sensitivity) is required for the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the photopolymerizable compound has three polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bonds (trifunctional). Those having the above are preferable, and poly (meth) acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and dicarboxylic acid-modified products thereof are preferable. Specifically, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (Meth)acrylate, succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth) ) succinic acid-modified acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate and the like are preferred.
 感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる上記光重合性化合物の含有量は、特に制限はないが、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは5質量%~60質量%、さらに好ましくは10質量%~40質量%の範囲内である。光重合性化合物の含有量が上記下限値以上であると十分に光硬化が進み、露光部分が現像時の溶出を抑制でき、また、光重合性化合物の含有量が上記上限値以下であるとアルカリ現像性が十分である。 The content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is not particularly limited, but relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, for example preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, More preferably, it is within the range of 10% by mass to 40% by mass. If the content of the photopolymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit, photocuring will proceed sufficiently, and the exposed portion will be able to suppress elution during development. Adequate alkali developability.
[光開始剤]
 光開始剤としては、芳香族ケトン類、ベンゾインエーテル類、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、α-アミノケトン、ビイミダゾール類、N,N-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、ハロメチル-S-トリアジン系化合物、チオキサントン等を挙げることができる。光開始剤の具体例としては、ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビスジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4-メトキシ-4’-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン等の芳香族ケトン類、ベンゾインメチルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル類、エチルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-フェニルイミダゾール2量体等のビイミダゾール類、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(p-メトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール等のハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、2-(4-ブトキシ-ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル-S-トリアジン等のハロメチル-S-トリアジン系化合物、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、2-メチル-1-〔4-(メチルチオ)フェニル〕-2-モルフォリノプロパノン、1,2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-,、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、ベンジル、ベンゾイル安息香酸、ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、ベンジルメチルケタール、ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-n-ブトキシエチル-4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、4-ベンゾイル-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、α-ジメトキシ-α-フェニルアセトフェノン、フェニルビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フォスフィンオキサイド、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-(4-モルフォリニル)-1-プロパノン、1-(9,9-ジブチル-9H-フルオレン-2-イル)-2-メチル-2-(4-モルフォリニル)-1-プロパノンなどが挙げられる。
 中でも、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、ジエチルチオキサントンが好ましく用いられる。更に2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オンのようなα-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とジエチルチオキサントンのようなチオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましい。
 α-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とチオキサントン系開始剤を用いる場合のこれらの合計含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは5質量%~15質量%である。上限値以下だと製造プロセス中の昇華物が低減するため好ましい。下限値以上であると水染み等、現像耐性が向上する。
[Photoinitiator]
Examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, α-aminoketones, biimidazoles, N,N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone, and the like. be able to. Specific examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4′-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and ethylbenzoin. benzoin, biimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole and the like halomethyloxadiazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2-(4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1 , 2-diphenylethan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl )-butanone-,, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, benzyl methyl ketal, dimethylaminobenzoate, p-dimethylaminobenzoate isoamyl acid, 2-n-butoxyethyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 4-benzoyl-methyldiphenylsulfide, 1-hydroxy- Cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl ]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, α-dimethoxy-α-phenylacetophenone, phenylbis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide, 2-methyl-1- [4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-(4-morpholinyl)-1-propanone, 1-(9,9-dibutyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-2-methyl-2-(4-morpholinyl) -1-propanone and the like.
Among them, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1- Butanone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used. Furthermore, combining an α-aminoacetophenone initiator such as 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone initiator such as diethylthioxanthone can improve sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint of adjustment, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance.
When using an α-aminoacetophenone-based initiator and a thioxanthone-based initiator, the total content thereof is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. If the content is equal to or less than the upper limit, the amount of sublimate during the manufacturing process is reduced, which is preferable. When it is at least the lower limit value, development resistance such as water staining is improved.
 本発明において、光開始剤は、中でも、感度を向上させることができる点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を含むことが好ましい。また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることにより、細線パターンを形成する際に、面内の線幅のばらつきが抑制され易い。更に、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることにより、残膜率が向上し、水染み発生抑制効果が高くなる傾向がある。
 当該オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、分解物による感光性着色樹脂組成物の汚染や装置の汚染を低減する点から、中でも、芳香環を有するものが好ましく、芳香環を含む縮合環を有するものがより好ましく、ベンゼン環とヘテロ環を含む縮合環を有することがさらに好ましい。
 オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、1,2-オクタジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-、2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339、特表2010-527338、特開2013-041153等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤の中から適宜選択できる。市販品として、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-01、アデカアークルズNCI-930、TR-PBG-3057、カルバゾール骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-02、アデカアークルズNCI-831、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-345、フルオレン骨格を有するTR-PBG-365などを用いても良い(イルガキュアシリーズはBASF社製、アデカアークルズシリーズはADEKA社製、TRシリーズは常州強力電子新材料社製)。特にジフェニルスルフィド骨格又はフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが輝度の点から好ましい。またカルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが、感度が高い点から好ましい。ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤及びフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが感度及び輝度の点から好ましい。また、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤及びカルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが感度及び輝度の点から好ましい。
In the present invention, the photoinitiator preferably contains an oxime ester photoinitiator, among others, from the viewpoint of being able to improve the sensitivity. In addition, by using an oxime ester-based photoinitiator, in-plane variations in line width can be easily suppressed when a fine line pattern is formed. Furthermore, the use of an oxime ester-based photoinitiator tends to improve the residual film rate and enhance the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains.
As the oxime ester photoinitiator, from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the photosensitive colored resin composition and contamination of the device due to decomposition products, among them, those having an aromatic ring are preferable, and those having a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring is more preferred, and it is even more preferred to have a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
Oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl benzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1-(o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP-A-2013-041153 and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE-01 having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, Adeka Arcules NCI-930 and TR-PBG-3057, Irgacure OXE-02 having a carbazole skeleton, Adeka Arcules NCI-831, TR-PBG-304 and TR. -PBG-345, TR-PBG-365 having a fluorene skeleton, etc. may be used (Irgacure series manufactured by BASF, Adeka Arcles series manufactured by ADEKA, and TR series manufactured by Changzhou Tenryu Denshi New Materials Co., Ltd.). In particular, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of brightness. Moreover, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and brightness, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton in combination. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and brightness, it is preferable to use a combination of an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton.
 また、水染みを抑制し、また、感度向上の点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤を組み合わせて用いてもよい。3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤は、分子内に酸素クエンチャーである3級アミン構造を有するため、開始剤から発生したラジカルが酸素により失活し難く、感度を向上させることができるからである。上記3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えばイルガキュア369、BASF社製)、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(例えば、ハイキュアABP、川口薬品製)などが挙げられる。
 また、感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせてもよく、輝度、残膜率が向上し、感度調整をしやすく、水染み発生抑制効果が高く、現像耐性が向上する点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を2種類以上と、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせてもよい。
From the viewpoint of suppressing water staining and improving sensitivity, the oxime ester photoinitiator may be used in combination with a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure. A photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure, which is an oxygen quencher, in the molecule, so that radicals generated from the initiator are less likely to be deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. be. Commercially available photoinitiators having a tertiary amine structure include, for example, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
In addition, from the viewpoint of adjusting sensitivity, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance, the oxime ester photoinitiator may be combined with a thioxanthone initiator. Two or more kinds of oxime ester photoinitiators may be combined with a thioxanthone photoinitiator from the viewpoints of being easy to use, having a high effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains, and improving development resistance.
 感光性着色樹脂組成物中の光開始剤の含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは0.1質量%~15質量%、より好ましくは1質量%~10質量%の範囲内である。光開始剤の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、十分に硬化が進み、また開始剤の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、副反応を抑制でき、経時安定性を維持することができる。 The content of the photoinitiator in the photosensitive colored resin composition is, for example, preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is within the range of 10% by mass. When the content of the photoinitiator is at least the above lower limit, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the initiator is at most the above upper limit, side reactions can be suppressed and stability over time can be maintained. can.
[溶剤]
 本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、感光性着色樹脂組成物中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、N-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコール、エトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸イソブチル、酪酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;N-ヘプタン、N-ヘキサン、N-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。
[solvent]
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it does not react with each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition and is capable of dissolving or dispersing them. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
Specific examples of solvents include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1 -glycol ether acetate solvents such as butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl acetate; carbitol acetate solvents such as methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); propylene glycol diacetate , 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate and other diacetates; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol Glycol ether solvents such as dimethyl ether; Aprotic amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; Lactone solvents such as γ-butyrolactone; Cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane and N-octane; organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene are mentioned. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate-based solvents, carbitol acetate-based solvents, glycol ether-based solvents, and ester-based solvents are preferably used in terms of solubility of other components. Among them, the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, and one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
 本発明においては、酸性基含有色素誘導体を含有することから、溶剤としては、アルコール性水酸基を含む溶剤を含有することが、組成物全体の溶解性を向上し、塗膜において異物の析出が抑制され、コントラストが向上する点から好ましい。
 アルコール性水酸基を含む溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルが好ましく、例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルからなる群から選択される1種以上が好ましく、中でも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルがより好ましい。
 中でも、グリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、及びエステル系溶剤の少なくとも1種と、アルコール性水酸基を含む溶剤の少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましく、グリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤の少なくとも1種と、アルコール性水酸基を含む溶剤の少なくとも1種を含有することがより好ましい。
 アルコール性水酸基を含む溶剤の含有量は、溶剤全量に対して、好ましくは15質量%~35質量%、より好ましくは20質量%超過30質量%以下の範囲内であってよい。
In the present invention, since the acid group-containing dye derivative is contained, the inclusion of a solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group as the solvent improves the solubility of the entire composition and suppresses the deposition of foreign substances in the coating film. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the contrast.
As the solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether is preferable, and for example, one or more selected from the group consisting of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether. is preferred, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether is more preferred.
Among them, it is preferable to contain at least one of a glycol ether acetate solvent, a carbitol acetate solvent, and an ester solvent, and at least one solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group, and at least one glycol ether acetate solvent. and at least one solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
The content of the solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably 15% by mass to 35% by mass, more preferably in the range of more than 20% by mass to 30% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the solvent.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物において、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。溶剤の含有量は、該溶剤を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物の全量に対して、通常、好ましくは55質量%~95質量%、より好ましくは65質量%~88質量%の範囲内である。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention, the content of the solvent may be appropriately set within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. The content of the solvent is usually in the range of preferably 55% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 65% by mass to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, excellent applicability can be obtained.
[任意添加成分]
 感光性着色樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、分散剤、増感剤、酸化防止剤、重合停止剤、連鎖移動剤、レベリング剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、紫外線吸収剤、密着促進剤等が挙げられる。
 界面活性剤及び可塑剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。
[Optional additional ingredients]
The photosensitive colored resin composition may contain various additives as necessary. Additives include, for example, dispersants, sensitizers, antioxidants, polymerization terminators, chain transfer agents, leveling agents, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, UV absorbers, adhesion Accelerators and the like are included.
Specific examples of surfactants and plasticizers include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
<分散剤>
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、色材を分散させる場合には、色材分散性と色材分散安定性の点から、分散剤を更に含んでいても良い。
 本発明において分散剤は、従来公知の分散剤の中から適宜選択して用いることができる。分散剤としては、例えば、カチオン系、アニオン系、ノニオン系、両性、シリコーン系、フッ素系等の界面活性剤を使用できる。界面活性剤の中でも、均一に、微細に分散し得る点から、高分子分散剤が好ましい。
<Dispersant>
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, when the colorant is dispersed, a dispersant may be further included from the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and colorant dispersion stability.
In the present invention, the dispersant can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known dispersants. As the dispersant, for example, cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone, or fluorine surfactants can be used. Among surfactants, polymer dispersants are preferred because they can be uniformly and finely dispersed.
 高分子分散剤としては、例えば、ポリアクリル酸エステル等の不飽和カルボン酸エステルの(共)重合体類;ポリアクリル酸等の不飽和カルボン酸の(共)重合体の(部分)アミン塩、(部分)アンモニウム塩や(部分)アルキルアミン塩類;ヒドロキシ基含有ポリアクリル酸エステル等のヒドロキシ基含有不飽和カルボン酸エステルの(共)重合体やそれらの変性物;ポリウレタン類;不飽和ポリアミド類;ポリシロキサン類;長鎖ポリアミノアミドリン酸塩類;ポリエチレンイミン誘導体(ポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)と遊離カルボキシ基含有ポリエステルとの反応により得られるアミドやそれらの塩基);ポリアリルアミン誘導体(ポリアリルアミンと、遊離のカルボキシ基を有するポリエステル、ポリアミド又はエステルとアミドの共縮合物(ポリエステルアミド)の3種の化合物の中から選ばれる1種以上の化合物とを反応させて得られる反応生成物)等が挙げられる。 Examples of polymer dispersants include (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylic acid esters; (partial) amine salts of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid; (Partial) ammonium salts and (partial) alkylamine salts; (co)polymers of hydroxy group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxy group-containing polyacrylic acid esters and modified products thereof; polyurethanes; unsaturated polyamides; Polysiloxanes; long-chain polyaminoamide phosphates; polyethyleneimine derivatives (amides obtained by reacting poly(lower alkyleneimine) with free carboxy group-containing polyesters and their bases); polyallylamine derivatives (polyallylamine and free A reaction product obtained by reacting one or more compounds selected from three types of compounds: a polyester, a polyamide, or a co-condensation product of an ester and an amide (polyesteramide) having a carboxy group). .
 本発明においては、前記スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を含むことから、高分子分散剤としては、例えば、主鎖又は側鎖に窒素原子を含み、アミン価を有する高分子分散剤であってよく、中でも、3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体からなる高分子分散剤であってよい。本発明においては、前記スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を含むことから、主鎖又は側鎖に窒素原子を含み、アミン価を有する高分子分散剤を含む場合、凝集廃液に凝集剤を添加する際にさらに前記フタロシアニン化合物が凝集しやすくなり、現像廃液から色材を回収しやすくなる。
 主鎖又は側鎖に窒素原子を含み、アミン価を有する高分子分散剤としては、中でも、主鎖骨格が熱分解し難く、耐熱性が高い点から、例えば特開2016-224447号に記載されているような下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体や、国際公開2016/104493号に記載されているような下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するブロック共重合体及び塩型ブロック共重合体の少なくとも1種である分散剤を用いてもよい。
In the present invention, since the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative is included, the polymer dispersant may be, for example, a polymer dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in the main chain or side chain and having an amine value, Above all, it may be a polymeric dispersant comprising a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine. In the present invention, since the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative is included, when the main chain or side chain includes a nitrogen atom and a polymer dispersant having an amine value is included, when the flocculant is added to the flocculation waste liquid Furthermore, the phthalocyanine compound tends to aggregate, and the coloring material can be easily recovered from the waste developer.
Polymer dispersants containing nitrogen atoms in the main chain or side chains and having an amine value are described, for example, in JP-A-2016-224447, because the main chain skeleton is difficult to thermally decompose and the heat resistance is high. and a block having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) as described in WO 2016/104493. A dispersant that is at least one of a copolymer and a salt-type block copolymer may be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon optionally containing a hetero atom. group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
 一般式(I)において、Aは、2価の連結基である。2価の連結基としては、例えば、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキレン基、水酸基を有する、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、-NHCOO-基、エーテル基(-O-基)、チオエーテル基(-S-基)、及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。なお、本発明において、2価の連結基の結合の向きは任意である。すなわち、2価の連結基に-CONH-が含まれる場合、-COが主鎖の炭素原子側で-NHが側鎖の窒素原子側であっても良いし、反対に、-NHが主鎖の炭素原子側で-COが側鎖の窒素原子側であっても良い。
 中でも、分散性の点から、一般式(I)におけるAは、-CONH-基又は-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基又は-COO-基と、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基とを含む2価の連結基であることがより好ましい。
In general formula (I), A is a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having a hydroxyl group, an arylene group, -CONH- group, -COO- group, -NHCOO- groups, ether groups (--O--groups), thioether groups (--S--groups), and combinations thereof. In the present invention, the bonding direction of the divalent linking group is arbitrary. That is, when -CONH- is included in the divalent linking group, -CO may be on the carbon atom side of the main chain and -NH may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain, on the contrary, -NH is the main chain --CO may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain.
Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, A in the general formula (I) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, A divalent linking group containing an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 R及びRにおける、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基における炭化水素基は、例えば、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基などが挙げられる。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられ、アルキル基の炭素数は、1~18が好ましく、中でも、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。
 アラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられる。アラルキル基の炭素数は、7~20が好ましく、更に7~14が好ましい。
 また、アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~24が好ましく、更に6~12が好ましい。なお、上記好ましい炭素数には、置換基の炭素数は含まれない。
 ヘテロ原子を含む炭化水素基とは、上記炭化水素基中の炭素原子がヘテロ原子で置き換えられた構造を有するか、上記炭化水素基中の水素原子がヘテロ原子を含む置換基で置き換えられた構造を有する。炭化水素基が含んでいてもよいヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子等が挙げられる。
 また、炭化水素基中の水素原子は、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等のハロゲン原子により置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group optionally containing a heteroatom for R 2 and R 3 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group and the like.
Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like, and the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is 1. to 18 are preferable, and among them, a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
The aralkyl group includes, for example, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7-20, more preferably 7-14.
Aryl groups include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, and xylyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-24, more preferably 6-12. In addition, the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is not included in the preferable number of carbon atoms.
A hydrocarbon group containing a heteroatom has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a heteroatom, or a structure in which a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced by a substituent containing a heteroatom. have Examples of the heteroatom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom and the like.
Further, hydrogen atoms in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine and bromine atoms.
 R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成しているとは、R及びRが窒素原子を介して環構造を形成していることをいう。R及びRが形成する環構造にヘテロ原子が含まれていても良い。環構造は特に限定されないが、例えば、ピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環等が挙げられる。 That R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure means that R 2 and R 3 form a ring structure via a nitrogen atom. A heteroatom may be included in the ring structure formed by R 2 and R 3 . Although the ring structure is not particularly limited, examples thereof include pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, morpholine ring and the like.
 本発明においては、中でも、R及びRが各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基であるか、又は、R及びRが結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環を形成していることが好ましい。 In the present invention, among others, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, or R 2 and R 3 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, piperidine It preferably forms a ring or a morpholine ring.
 上記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート等、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。中でも分散性、及び分散安定性が向上する点でジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドを好ましく用いることができる。
 重合体において、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。
Examples of monomers that derive structural units represented by the general formula (I) include dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, and the like. Alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth)acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth)acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide, and the like can be mentioned. Among them, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
In the polymer, the structural unit represented by formula (I) may consist of one type, or may contain two or more types of structural units.
 また、色材吸着部位として機能する構成単位としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、有機酸化合物及びハロゲン化炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種とが塩を形成してもよい(このような共重合体を、塩型共重合体と称することがある)。
 前記有機酸化合物としては、中でも、下記一般式(A)で表される化合物及び下記一般式(C)で表される化合物が好ましく、前記ハロゲン化炭化水素としては、中でも、下記一般式(B)で表される化合物が好ましい。すなわち、前記有機酸化合物及びハロゲン化炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種としては、下記一般式(A)、(B)及び(C)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物を好ましく用いることができる。
Further, the structural unit functioning as the coloring material adsorption site is selected from the group consisting of at least part of the nitrogen site possessed by the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), an organic acid compound, and a halogenated hydrocarbon. At least one of them may form a salt (such a copolymer is sometimes referred to as a salt-type copolymer).
As the organic acid compound, among others, a compound represented by the following general formula (A) and a compound represented by the following general formula (C) are preferable, and as the halogenated hydrocarbon, among others, the following general formula (B ) are preferred. That is, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the organic acid compound and the halogenated hydrocarbon is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (A), (B) and (C). It can be preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(一般式(A)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。一般式(B)において、R、Rb’、及びRb”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、酸性基又はそのエステル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。一般式(C)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In the general formula (A), R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or -O- Represents R e , R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a benzyl group, or a C 1 to 4 represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group.In the general formula (B), R b , R b′ , and R b″ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, or a substituent. a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a benzyl group, or -O- R f represents an optionally substituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group optionally having a substituent, a substituted may be a phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom. , R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, Alternatively, —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a carbon number represents a (meth)acryloyl group via 1 to 4 alkylene groups, provided that at least one of R c and R d contains a carbon atom.)
 前記一般式一般式(A)、(B)及び(C)の各符号については、国際公開第2016/104493号の一般式(1)、(2)及び(3)の各符号と同様であってよい。
 前記有機酸化合物がフェニルホスホン酸やフェニルホスフィン酸等の酸性有機リン化合物であることが、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から好ましい。このような分散剤に用いられる有機酸化合物の具体例としては、例えば、特開2012-236882号公報等に記載の有機酸化合物が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 また、前記ハロゲン化炭化水素としては、臭化アリル、塩化ベンジル等のハロゲン化アリル及びハロゲン化アラルキルの少なくとも1種であることが、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から好ましい。
The symbols of the general formulas (A), (B) and (C) are the same as the symbols of the general formulas (1), (2) and (3) of WO 2016/104493. you can
It is preferable that the organic acid compound is an acidic organic phosphorus compound such as phenylphosphonic acid or phenylphosphinic acid from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material. Specific examples of the organic acid compound used in such a dispersant include, for example, organic acid compounds described in JP-A-2012-236882 and the like as suitable ones.
The halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably at least one selected from allyl halides such as allyl bromide and benzyl chloride, and aralkyl halides, from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
 塩型共重合体において、有機酸化合物及びハロゲン化炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の含有量は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と塩形成しているものであることから、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位に対して、有機酸化合物及びハロゲン化炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の合計を0.01モル以上とすることが好ましく、0.05モル以上とすることがより好ましく、0.1モル以上とすることがさらに好ましく、0.2モル以上とすることが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上であると、塩形成による色材分散性向上の効果が得られやすい。同様に、1モル以下とすることが好ましく、0.8モル以下とすることがより好ましく、0.7モル以下とすることがさらに好ましく、0.6モル以下とすることが特に好ましい。上記上限値以下であると現像密着性や溶剤再溶解性に優れたものとすることができる。
 なお、有機酸化合物及びハロゲン化炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the salt-type copolymer, the content of at least one selected from the group consisting of organic acid compounds and halogenated hydrocarbons forms a salt with the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by general formula (I). Therefore, the total of at least one selected from the group consisting of organic acid compounds and halogenated hydrocarbons is 0 for the terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by general formula (I) It is preferably 0.01 mol or more, more preferably 0.05 mol or more, still more preferably 0.1 mol or more, and particularly preferably 0.2 mol or more. When it is at least the above lower limit, the effect of improving the dispersibility of the coloring material by salt formation is likely to be obtained. Similarly, it is preferably 1 mol or less, more preferably 0.8 mol or less, even more preferably 0.7 mol or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 mol or less. When it is not more than the above upper limit, it can be excellent in development adhesion and solvent re-solubility.
At least one selected from the group consisting of organic acid compounds and halogenated hydrocarbons may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more are combined, the total content is preferably within the above range.
 塩型共重合体の調製方法としては、塩形成前の共重合体を溶解乃至分散した溶剤中に、前記有機酸化合物及びハロゲン化炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を添加し、攪拌、更に必要により加熱する方法などが挙げられる。
 なお、共重合体の当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と、前記有機酸化合物及びハロゲン化炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種とが塩を形成していること、及びその割合は、例えばNMR等、公知の手法により確認することができる。
As a method for preparing the salt-type copolymer, at least one selected from the group consisting of the organic acid compound and the halogenated hydrocarbon is added to the solvent in which the copolymer before salt formation is dissolved or dispersed, and the mixture is stirred. and a method of heating if necessary.
The terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the copolymer and at least one selected from the group consisting of the organic acid compound and the halogenated hydrocarbon form a salt. and the ratio thereof can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、グラフトポリマー鎖に(メタ)アクリレート由来の構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、及び、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックと、(メタ)アクリレート由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとを有するブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。
 前記グラフト共重合体において、(メタ)アクリレート由来の構成単位を有するグラフトポリマー鎖としては、従来公知の構造を適宜選択して用いることができる。例えば、国際公開第2021/006077号公報に記載されているグラフト共重合体及び塩型グラフト共重合体の少なくとも1種を用いてもよい。
 また、前記ブロック共重合体において、(メタ)アクリレート由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとしては、従来公知の構造を適宜選択して用いることができる。例えば、国際公開第2016/104493号に記載されているブロック共重合体及び塩型ブロック共重合体の少なくとも1種を用いてもよい。
From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the graft polymer chain ( A graft copolymer having a meth)acrylate-derived structural unit, and a block having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a (meth)acrylate-derived structural unit is more preferably at least one of copolymers.
In the graft copolymer, as a graft polymer chain having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate, a conventionally known structure can be appropriately selected and used. For example, at least one of the graft copolymer and the salt-type graft copolymer described in WO2021/006077 may be used.
Further, in the block copolymer, as the B block containing a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate, a conventionally known structure can be appropriately selected and used. For example, at least one of block copolymers and salt-type block copolymers described in WO2016/104493 may be used.
 分散剤として用いられるブロック共重合体の中でも、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位及び(メタ)アクリレート由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体、並びに、当該ブロック共重合体の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する窒素部位の少なくとも一部と有機酸化合物及びハロゲン化炭化水素からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体の少なくとも1種を含有し、前記ブロック共重合体並びに塩型ブロック共重合体の少なくとも1種の酸価が1mgKOH/g~18mgKOH/gで、ガラス転移温度が30℃以上であることが、低温加熱処理でも硬化膜の基板密着性及び耐溶剤性が良好になる点、及び現像残渣の発生が抑制される点から好ましい。
 この場合のBブロックは、(メタ)アクリレート由来の構成単位を必須成分として含むが、国際公開第2016/104493号のBブロックと同様であってよい。
Among the block copolymers used as dispersants, the A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the B block containing the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer and the (meth)acrylate-derived structural unit and from the group consisting of at least part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer, an organic acid compound, and a halogenated hydrocarbon At least one of the selected salt-type block copolymers forms a salt, and the block copolymer and at least one of the salt-type block copolymers have an acid value of 1 mgKOH/g to 18 mgKOH. /g and a glass transition temperature of 30°C or higher is preferable from the viewpoint that the substrate adhesion and solvent resistance of the cured film are improved even in low-temperature heat treatment, and the generation of development residues is suppressed.
The B block in this case contains a (meth)acrylate-derived structural unit as an essential component, and may be the same as the B block of WO 2016/104493.
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体は、アミン価が40mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/gである共重合体が、分散性が良好で塗膜形成時に異物を析出せず、輝度及びコントラストを向上する点から好ましい。
 アミン価が上記範囲内であることにより、粘度の経時安定性や耐熱性に優れると共に、アルカリ現像性や、溶剤再溶解性にも優れている。本発明において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体のアミン価は、中でも、アミン価が80mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、90mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。一方、溶剤再溶解性の点から、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体のアミン価は、110mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、105mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましい。
 アミン価は、試料1g中に含まれるアミン成分を中和するのに要する過塩素酸と当量の水酸化カリウムのmg数をいい、JIS-K7237に定義された方法により測定することができる。当該方法により測定した場合には、分散剤中の有機酸化合物と塩形成しているアミノ基であっても、通常、当該有機酸化合物が解離するため、分散剤として用いられるブロック共重合体そのもののアミン価を測定することができる。
A copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has an amine value of 40 mgKOH/g to 120 mgKOH/g and has good dispersibility and does not deposit foreign matter during coating film formation. , from the viewpoint of improving brightness and contrast.
When the amine value is within the above range, the viscosity stability over time and heat resistance are excellent, and alkali developability and solvent re-solubility are also excellent. In the present invention, the amine value of the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 80 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 90 mgKOH/g or more. preferable. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, the amine value of the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 110 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 105 mgKOH/g or less. more preferred.
The amine value refers to the number of mg of potassium hydroxide equivalent to perchloric acid required to neutralize the amine component contained in 1 g of sample, and can be measured by the method defined in JIS-K7237. When measured by this method, even if the amino group forms a salt with the organic acid compound in the dispersant, the organic acid compound usually dissociates, so the block copolymer itself used as the dispersant can be measured.
 分散剤における共重合体中の各構成単位の含有割合(モル%)は、製造時には原料の仕込み量から求めることができ、また、NMR等の分析装置を用いて測定することができる。また、分散剤の構造は、NMR、各種質量分析等を用いて測定することができる。また、分散剤を必要に応じて熱分解等により分解し、得られた分解物について、高速液体クロマトグラフィー、ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析計、NMR、元素分析、XPS/ESCA及びTOF-SIMS等を用いて求めることができる。 The content ratio (mol%) of each structural unit in the copolymer in the dispersant can be obtained from the amount of raw materials charged at the time of production, and can be measured using an analyzer such as NMR. Also, the structure of the dispersant can be measured using NMR, various mass spectrometry, and the like. In addition, if necessary, the dispersant is decomposed by thermal decomposition or the like, and the obtained decomposition product is subjected to high performance liquid chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS, etc. can ask.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物において、分散剤を用いる場合の含有量は、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れるように選択されればよく、特に限定されないが、感光性着色樹脂組成物中の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは2質量%~30質量%、より好ましくは3質量%~25質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、感光性着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好なものとなる。特に色材濃度が高い硬化膜を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは2質量%~25質量%、より好ましくは3質量%~20質量%の範囲内である。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention, the content when using a dispersant may be selected so as to be excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, and is not particularly limited, but the photosensitive colored resin For example, it is preferably in the range of 2% to 30% by mass, more preferably 3% to 25% by mass, relative to the total solid content in the composition. When it is at least the above lower limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the photosensitive colored resin composition is excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable. Especially when forming a cured film having a high colorant concentration, the content of the dispersant is, for example, preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is within the range of 3% by mass to 20% by mass.
<増感剤>
 本発明においては、系内に拡散した前記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物が、露光光を吸収し、開始剤からのラジカル発生を損失しやすいため、それを補う点から、前記光開始剤と組み合わせて増感剤を含むことが好ましい。中でも、(メタ)アクリル重合系の反応性が良好な点から、チオール系増感剤を含むことが好ましく、前記オキシムエステル系開始剤にチオール系増感剤を組み合わせて含むことがより好ましい。
<Sensitizer>
In the present invention, the phthalocyanine compound represented by the general formula (1) diffused in the system absorbs the exposure light and tends to lose radicals generated from the initiator. It is preferred to include a sensitizer in combination with the initiator. Among them, from the viewpoint of good reactivity of the (meth)acrylic polymerization system, it is preferable to contain a thiol-based sensitizer, and it is more preferable to contain the oxime ester-based initiator in combination with a thiol-based sensitizer.
 チオール系増感剤としては、チオール基が1つの単官能チオール化合物、チオール基が2つ以上の多官能チオール化合物が挙げられる。
 単官能チオール化合物としては、例えば、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾイミダゾール、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸メチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸エチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸オクチル等が挙げられる。
 多官能チオール化合物としては、例えば、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、およびテトラエチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)等が挙げられる。
Examples of thiol-based sensitizers include monofunctional thiol compounds having one thiol group and polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more thiol groups.
Examples of monofunctional thiol compounds include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3-mercapto propionic acid, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate and the like.
Examples of polyfunctional thiol compounds include 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2, 4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), di pentaerythritol hexakis(3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、増感剤が含まれる場合の含有量としては、硬化性向上効果の点から、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して例えば、0.5質量%~10質量%用いることができる。増感剤が含まれる場合の含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、より好ましくは1質量%~6質量%、さらに好ましくは2質量%~5質量%の範囲内である。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the content when the sensitizer is included, from the viewpoint of the effect of improving the curability, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, for example 0.5 % to 10% by mass can be used. When the sensitizer is included, the content is more preferably 1% by mass to 6% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 5% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. is.
<酸化防止剤>
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含むものであることが、線幅シフト量の抑制の点から好ましい。本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記特定の光開始剤と組み合わせて酸化防止剤を含むことにより、硬化膜を形成する際に硬化性を損なうことなく過度なラジカル連鎖反応を制御できるため、細線パターンを形成する際に、直線性がより向上したり、マスク線幅の設計通りに細線パターンを形成する能力が向上する。また、耐熱性を向上することができ、露光及びポストベーク後の輝度低下を抑制できるため輝度を向上することができる。
 本発明に用いられる酸化防止剤としては、特に限定されず、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられ、マスク線幅の設計通りに細線パターンを形成する能力が向上する点、及び耐熱性の点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いることが好ましい。国際公開第2014/021023号に記載されているような潜在性酸化防止剤であっても良い。
<Antioxidant>
It is preferable that the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoint of suppressing the amount of line width shift. The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, by containing an antioxidant in combination with the specific photoinitiator, because it is possible to control excessive radical chain reaction without impairing the curability when forming a cured film When forming a fine line pattern, the linearity is further improved, and the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed for the mask line width is improved. In addition, the heat resistance can be improved, and the decrease in luminance after exposure and post-baking can be suppressed, so that the luminance can be improved.
The antioxidant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from those conventionally known. Specific examples of antioxidants include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, and hydrazine-based antioxidants. It is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed and from the viewpoint of heat resistance. It may also be a latent antioxidant as described in WO 2014/021023.
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤としては、例えば、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)イソシアヌレート(商品名:イルガノックス3114、BASF製)、2,4,6-トリス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルベンジル)メシチレン(商品名:イルガノックス1330、BASF製)、2,2’-メチレンビス(6-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:スミライザーMDP-S、住友化学製)、6,6’-チオビス(2-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:イルガノックス1081、BASF製)、3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジルホスホン酸ジエチル(商品名:イルガモド195、BASF製)等が挙げられる。中でも、耐熱性及び耐光性の点から、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)が好ましい。 Hindered phenol antioxidants include, for example, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3 ,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris(4-hydroxy-3,5- Di-tert-butylbenzyl)mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilizer MDP-S, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical) ), 6,6′-thiobis(2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), diethyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphosphonate ( trade name: Irgamod 195, manufactured by BASF) and the like. Among them, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance.
 酸化防止剤の含有量としては、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは0.1質量%~10.0質量%、より好ましくは0.5質量%~5.0質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、マスク線幅の設計通りに細線パターンを形成する能力が向上する点、及び耐熱性に優れている。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物を高感度の感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。 The content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. %. If it is at least the above lower limit, the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed with a mask line width is improved, and the heat resistance is excellent. On the other hand, if it is below the above upper limit, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
<感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法は、色材と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより、調製することができる。
 当該樹脂組成物の調製方法としては、例えば、(1)まず溶剤中に、色材と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体と、必要に応じて分散剤とを添加して色材液を調製し、当該色材液に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分を混合する方法;(2)溶剤中に、色材と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体と、必要に応じて分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを同時に投入し混合する方法;(3)溶剤中に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを添加し、混合したのち、さらに色材とスルホン酸基含有色素誘導体とを加えて混合する方法;(4)溶剤中に、色材と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体と、必要に応じて分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とを添加して色材液を調製し、当該色材液に、更にアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、溶剤と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分を添加し、混合する方法;などを挙げることができる。
<Method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition>
The method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention includes a coloring material, a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, a solvent, and various kinds of materials optionally used. It can be prepared by mixing the additive components using a known mixing means.
As a method for preparing the resin composition, for example, (1) first, a coloring material, a sulfonic acid group-containing coloring matter derivative, and, if necessary, a dispersing agent are added to a solvent to prepare a coloring material liquid; A method of mixing an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and optionally various additive components into the colorant liquid; (2) a colorant and a sulfonic acid group-containing dye in a solvent; A method of simultaneously adding and mixing a derivative, optionally a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and optionally various additive components; (3) into a solvent, A method of adding and mixing an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and optionally various additive components, and then adding and mixing a coloring material and a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative; (4) A coloring material, a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, and, if necessary, a dispersant and an alkali-soluble resin are added to a solvent to prepare a coloring material liquid, and the coloring material liquid is further added with an alkali. A method of adding and mixing a soluble resin, a solvent, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and optionally various additive components;
II.カラーフィルタ
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、前記着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である。
II. Color filter The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is a hardened material.
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 Such a color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding portion 2 and a colored layer 3. As shown in FIG.
(着色層)
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1μm~5μmの範囲であることが好ましい。
(Colored layer)
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention.
The colored layer is usually formed in the opening of the light shielding part on the substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of colored patterns of three or more colors.
The arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be a general arrangement such as a stripe type, mosaic type, triangle type, four-pixel arrangement type, or the like. Moreover, the width, area, etc. of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
The thickness of the colored layer can be appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and viscosity of the photosensitive colored resin composition, and is preferably in the range of 1 μm to 5 μm.
 前記着色層は、例えば、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を加熱乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び光重合性化合物等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用する感光性着色樹脂組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
The colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
First, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention described above is applied onto a substrate described later using a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method. to form a wet coating. Among them, the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
Then, the wet coating film is dried by heating using a hot plate or oven, and then exposed through a mask having a predetermined pattern to photopolymerize the alkali-soluble resin, the photopolymerizable compound, and the like. to form a cured coating film. Light sources used for exposure include, for example, ultraviolet light from low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and electron beams. The amount of exposure is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Moreover, in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction after exposure, heat treatment may be performed. The heating conditions are appropriately selected according to the mixing ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。
また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
 着色層は、線幅が40μm以下である微細パターンの着色層であって良く、線幅が20μm以下である微細パターンの着色層であって良い。
Next, a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions. As the developer, a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution.
Moreover, a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
After the development processing, the developing solution is usually washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition is dried to form a colored layer. In addition, you may heat-process in order to fully harden a coating film after development processing. The heating conditions are not particularly limited, and are appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.
The colored layer may be a finely patterned colored layer with a line width of 40 μm or less, or may be a finely patterned colored layer with a line width of 20 μm or less.
(遮光部)
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 前記遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
(Light shielding part)
The light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as those used as light-shielding portions in general color filters.
The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape. The light shielding portion may be a metal thin film of chromium or the like formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like. Alternatively, the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, or organic pigments in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, and the like can be used. be.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2μm~0.4μm程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5μm~2μm程度で設定される。 The film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 μm to 0.4 μm in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 μm to 2 μm in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. be done.
(基板)
 基板としては、後述する透明基板、シリコン基板、及び、透明基板又はシリコン基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
(substrate)
As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed are used. Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed on these substrates.
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm~1mm程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や配向突起、柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent to visible light, and transparent substrates used in general color filters can be used. Specifically, transparent rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glass. material.
Although the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, a thickness of about 100 μm to 1 mm, for example, can be used depending on the application of the color filter of the present invention.
The color filter of the present invention includes, in addition to the above-described substrate, light shielding portion and colored layer, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, alignment protrusions, columnar spacers, and the like. good too.
(カラーフィルタ製造時の現像廃液の処理)
 前述のように、着色層のパターンを形成する際、感光性着色樹脂組成物の塗膜を露光後、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去する。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤に、水酸化カリウム等のアルカリを0.02~0.5質量%程度溶解させたアルカリ水溶液が用いられる。当該工程により発生する、現像液の廃液(現像廃液)には、未露光部分の感光性着色樹脂組成物の成分が含まれる。そのため、通常、現像廃液に凝集剤を入れて、色材を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物の成分を凝集させた後、凝集物をろ過等により回収し、ろ液を中和し、pH調整された水を排水する。
 従来、フタロシアニン染料を含む現像廃液は、凝集剤を投入しても十分に凝集しきらず、凝集物を回収した後のろ液がフタロシアニン染料の色に着色するという問題が発生していた。それに対して、本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いると、凝集剤を投入して凝集物を回収した後のろ液に、染料が含まれず着色しないようにすることができる。
 凝集剤としては、一般的にカラーフィルタ工場で現像廃液を処理する際に用いることができる凝集剤であれば特に限定されない。凝集剤としては、例えば、ポリ塩化アルミニウム等のカチオン系の無機凝集剤や、ポリアクリルアミド等のアニオン系高分子凝集剤等を用いることができる。例えば、現像廃液をポリ塩化アルミニウム等のカチオン系の無機凝集剤でフロック化させて廃液中に存在するコロイド表面の反発負電荷を中和した後、当該フロックをアニオン系高分子凝集剤により架橋して粗大化し、凝集物を沈殿させてもよい。
 凝集物回収後のろ液は、着色や異物がないか確認する。具体的には例えば、ろ液について液体クロマトグラフ質量分析計を用いて、感光性着色樹脂組成物由来の成分の残留がないか、確認する。
 凝集物回収後のろ液を中和するために用いられる中和剤としては、例えば、希塩酸等の酸を用いることができる。
(Processing of developer waste during color filter manufacturing)
As described above, when forming the pattern of the colored layer, after the coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition is exposed, it is developed using a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions. As the developer, an alkaline aqueous solution is usually used in which about 0.02 to 0.5% by mass of an alkali such as potassium hydroxide is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent. The developer waste liquid (developer waste liquid) generated in the process contains the components of the photosensitive colored resin composition in the unexposed portion. Therefore, usually, a flocculating agent is added to the developer waste liquid to flocculate the components of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the colorant, and then the flocculated matter is recovered by filtration or the like, and the filtrate is neutralized to adjust the pH. Drain the water.
Conventionally, developer waste liquids containing phthalocyanine dyes were not sufficiently aggregated even when a flocculating agent was added, and there was a problem that the filtrate after collecting the aggregates was colored with the color of the phthalocyanine dyes. On the other hand, when the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is used, the filtrate after the addition of the flocculant and the collection of aggregates can be prevented from containing dye and coloring.
The flocculant is not particularly limited as long as it is a flocculant that can be generally used when processing developer waste liquid at a color filter factory. As the flocculant, for example, a cationic inorganic flocculant such as polyaluminum chloride, an anionic polymer flocculant such as polyacrylamide, or the like can be used. For example, the development waste solution is flocculated with a cationic inorganic flocculant such as polyaluminum chloride to neutralize the repulsive negative charges on the colloidal surface present in the waste solution, and then the flocs are crosslinked with an anionic polymer flocculant. may coarsen and precipitate agglomerates.
Check the filtrate after collection of aggregates for coloration and foreign matter. Specifically, for example, the filtrate is checked for residual components derived from the photosensitive colored resin composition using a liquid chromatograph mass spectrometer.
Acids such as dilute hydrochloric acid can be used as the neutralizing agent used for neutralizing the filtrate after collecting the aggregates.
III.表示装置
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。
III. Display Device A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as liquid crystal display devices and organic light-emitting display devices.
[液晶表示装置]
 本発明に係る液晶表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有する。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
[Liquid crystal display device]
A liquid crystal display device according to the present invention includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 2, a liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and may have a known configuration as a liquid crystal display device generally using color filters.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
 さらに、液晶層を構成する液晶としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて、誘電異方性の異なる各種液晶、及びこれらの混合物を用いることができる。
The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Examples of such driving methods include the TN method, the IPS method, the OCB method, and the MVA method. Any of these methods can be suitably used in the present invention.
Also, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
Further, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。前記方法によって液晶層を形成後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。 As a method for forming the liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After the liquid crystal layer is formed by the above method, the liquid crystal cell is gradually cooled to room temperature, thereby aligning the enclosed liquid crystal.
[有機発光表示装置]
 本発明に係る有機発光表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有する。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
[Organic Light Emitting Display Device]
An organic light-emitting display device according to the present invention includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention and an organic light-emitting material.
Such an organic light-emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention has a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80. As shown in FIG. An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80 .
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a lamination method of the organic light emitter 80, for example, a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. method, and a method of bonding the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 60, and the like. As for the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other structures in the organic light emitter 80, known structures can be appropriately used. The organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
The organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may have a known configuration as an organic light-emitting display device generally using color filters.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。
 ハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物の中間体は、LC-MS(アジレントテクノロジー製、四重極LC/MS、Agilent1260 Infinity)で分析した。
 スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体等の色素誘導体及びハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物は、TOF-MS(島津製作所製、MALDI-8020)で分析した。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. These descriptions do not limit the invention.
The intermediate of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound was analyzed by LC-MS (quadrupole LC/MS manufactured by Agilent Technologies, Agilent 1260 Infinity).
Dye derivatives such as sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivatives and halogenated phthalocyanine compounds were analyzed by TOF-MS (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, MALDI-8020).
(合成例1:フタロシアニン化合物1の合成)
 500mlナスフラスコに、テトラフルオロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)と、炭酸カリウム6.91g(50mmol)とアセトン25mlを投入し、溶解するまで室温で攪拌した。
 次に、25mlのアセトンで溶解した4-ヒドロキシ安息香酸エチル8.31g(50.0mmol)を先のナスフラスコに、氷浴中で攪拌しながら、1時間かけて滴下ロートで投入し、投入後1時間攪拌した。
 反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られたオイル状の生成物をジクロロメタンに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
 分液後の有機層について、イソプロピルアルコール中で再結晶処理を行い、中間体1を得た。
 中間体1は、LC-MSで分析したところ、下記構造を有していた。中間体1の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of phthalocyanine compound 1)
5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrafluorophthalonitrile, 6.91 g (50 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 25 ml of acetone were put into a 500 ml eggplant flask and stirred at room temperature until dissolved.
Next, 8.31 g (50.0 mmol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate dissolved in 25 ml of acetone was added to the eggplant flask with stirring in an ice bath over 1 hour using a dropping funnel. Stirred for 1 hour.
After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, and the solvent was distilled off from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator. The resulting oily product was dissolved in dichloromethane and subjected to liquid separation treatment with pure water. .
The organic layer after liquid separation was recrystallized in isopropyl alcohol to obtain intermediate 1.
Intermediate 1 had the following structure as analyzed by LC-MS. A representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 1 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 50mlフラスコに中間体1を5.00g(10.15mmol)とベンゾニトリル15.0mlを投入し、100℃程度で溶解し、次いで、ヨウ化亜鉛0.97g(3.05mmol)を投入し、140℃で15時間攪拌しながら反応させた。
 反応液を室温まで冷ました後にメタノール150ml中に反応液を滴下し、発生した析出物を30分攪拌した後に、ろ紙で回収し、メタノールにて複数回、ビーカー中での攪拌と、ろ過を繰り返して洗浄した。
 得られた生成物を乾燥し、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1を得た。
 ハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。
5.00 g (10.15 mmol) of intermediate 1 and 15.0 ml of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask and dissolved at about 100°C. The mixture was reacted with stirring at ℃ for 15 hours.
After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 150 ml of methanol, and the generated precipitate was stirred for 30 minutes, collected with filter paper, and repeatedly stirred in a beaker with methanol and filtered. was washed.
The obtained product was dried to obtain a halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1.
A representative chemical structural formula of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(合成例2:フタロシアニン化合物2の合成)
 500mlナスフラスコに、テトラフルオロフタロニトリル5.0g(25.0mmol)と、炭酸カリウム6.91g(50mmol)とアセトン25mlを投入し、溶解するまで室温で攪拌した。
 次に、25mlのアセトンで溶解した4-ヒドロキシ安息香酸n-プロピル9.01g(50.0mmol)を先のナスフラスコに、氷浴中で攪拌しながら、1時間かけて滴下ロートで投入し、投入後1時間攪拌した。
 反応終了後、炭酸カリウムをろ過で取り除き、得られた反応溶液について、エバポレーターで溶媒を溜去し、得られたオイル状の生成物をジクロロメタンに溶解させて、純水で分液処理を行った。
 分液後の有機層について、イソプロピルアルコール中で再結晶処理を行い、中間体2を得た。
 中間体2は、LC-MS(アジレントテクノロジー製、四重極LC/MS、Agilent1260 Infinity)で分析したところ、下記構造を有していた。更に中間体2の代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。
(Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of phthalocyanine compound 2)
5.0 g (25.0 mmol) of tetrafluorophthalonitrile, 6.91 g (50 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 25 ml of acetone were put into a 500 ml eggplant flask and stirred at room temperature until dissolved.
Next, 9.01 g (50.0 mmol) of n-propyl 4-hydroxybenzoate dissolved in 25 ml of acetone was added to the eggplant flask over 1 hour with stirring in an ice bath, After the addition, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour.
After completion of the reaction, potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, and the solvent was distilled off from the resulting reaction solution using an evaporator. The resulting oily product was dissolved in dichloromethane and subjected to liquid separation treatment with pure water. .
The organic layer after liquid separation was recrystallized in isopropyl alcohol to obtain an intermediate 2.
Intermediate 2 had the following structure when analyzed by LC-MS (Quadrupole LC/MS, Agilent 1260 Infinity, manufactured by Agilent Technologies). Furthermore, a representative chemical structural formula of Intermediate 2 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 50mlフラスコに中間体2を5.28g(10.15mmol)とベンゾニトリル15.0mlを投入し、100℃程度で溶解し、次いで、ヨウ化亜鉛0.97g(3.05mmol)を投入し、140℃で15時間攪拌しながら反応させた。
 反応液を室温まで冷ました後にメタノール150ml中に反応液を滴下し、発生した析出物を30分攪拌した後に、ろ紙で回収し、メタノールにて数回、ビーカー中での攪拌と、ろ過を繰り返して洗浄した。
 得られた生成物を乾燥し、ハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物2を得た。代表的な化学構造式を下記に示す。
5.28 g (10.15 mmol) of Intermediate 2 and 15.0 ml of benzonitrile were added to a 50 ml flask and dissolved at about 100°C. C. for 15 hours while stirring.
After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 150 ml of methanol, and after stirring the generated precipitate for 30 minutes, it was collected with filter paper, and the reaction was repeated several times with methanol, stirring in a beaker, and filtration. was washed.
The obtained product was dried to obtain a halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2. Representative chemical structural formulas are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(合成例3:スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aの合成)
 100%硫酸266.7重量部に銅フタロシアニン10.0重量部を加えた後、100℃で2時間攪拌した。室温まで冷却した後、反応液を氷水800重量部に加え、沈殿をろ過した。次いで、水800重量部の水で2回洗浄し、80℃で真空乾燥し、青色生成物を得た。この青色生成物(スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体A)のTOF-MSによる質量分析結果は、以下の構造を有する銅フタロシアニンのモノスルホン酸誘導体の分子量(Mw=656.14)に一致していた。
(Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A)
After adding 10.0 parts by weight of copper phthalocyanine to 266.7 parts by weight of 100% sulfuric acid, the mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was added to 800 parts by weight of ice water, and the precipitate was filtered. Then, it was washed twice with 800 parts by weight of water and vacuum-dried at 80° C. to obtain a blue product. The TOF-MS mass spectrometry result of this blue product (sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A) was consistent with the molecular weight (Mw=656.14) of the monosulfonic acid derivative of copper phthalocyanine having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(合成例4:スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Bの合成)
 11質量%発煙硫酸374.76質量部を10℃に冷却しながら攪拌し、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138) 74.96質量部を加えた。次いで、90℃で6時間攪拌した。反応液を氷水1600質量部に加え、15分間攪拌した後、沈殿をろ過した。得られたウェットケーキを800mlの水で3回洗浄した。ウェットケーキを80℃で真空乾燥し、黄色生成物81.55質量部を得た。
 この黄色生成物(スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体B)のTOF-MSによる質量分析結果は、以下の構造を有するPY138のモノスルホン酸誘導体の分子量(Mw=774.0)に一致していた。
(Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative B)
374.76 parts by mass of 11% by mass fuming sulfuric acid were stirred while cooling to 10°C, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138) 74.96 parts by weight was added. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90°C for 6 hours. The reaction solution was added to 1,600 parts by mass of ice water, stirred for 15 minutes, and the precipitate was filtered. The wet cake obtained was washed with 800 ml of water three times. The wet cake was vacuum dried at 80°C to obtain 81.55 parts by mass of a yellow product.
The TOF-MS mass spectrometry result of this yellow product (sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative B) was consistent with the molecular weight (Mw=774.0) of the monosulfonic acid derivative of PY138 having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(合成例5:スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Cの合成)
 市販のC.I.ピグメントレッド254(PR254)を30質量部20%発煙硫酸300質量部に添加し、その後、40℃、4時間でそれぞれ反応させた。冷却後、反応混合物を3,000質量部の氷水中に析出させ、濾過および水洗し、水ペーストを得た。この水ペーストを乾燥させることにより26質量部の赤色生成物を得た。
 この赤色生成物(スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体C)のTOF-MSによる質量分析結果は、以下の構造を有するPR254のモノスルホン酸誘導体の分子量(Mw=437.25)に一致していた。
(Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative C)
Commercially available C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (PR254) was added to 30 parts by mass of 20% fuming sulfuric acid and 300 parts by mass, followed by reaction at 40° C. for 4 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was precipitated in 3,000 parts by mass of ice water, filtered and washed with water to obtain a water paste. By drying this water paste, 26 parts by mass of a red product was obtained.
The TOF-MS mass spectrometry result of this red product (sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative C) was consistent with the molecular weight (Mw=437.25) of the monosulfonic acid derivative of PR254 having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(合成例6:スルホンアミド基含有色素誘導体Dの合成)
 反応容器中、クロロスルホン酸300質量部および銅フタロシアニン30質量部を加え、完全に溶解した後、塩化チオニル24質量部を加え、徐々に昇温して101℃で3時間反応させた。その反応液を氷水9000質量部中に注入し、撹拌後、濾過、水洗した。得られたプレスケーキを水300質量部でスラリーとした後、1,1-ジエチル-1,5-ジアザペンタン13質量部を加え、65℃で4時間撹拌した後、濾過、水洗、乾燥し、青色生成物を得た。
 この青色生成物(スルホンアミド基含有色素誘導体D)のTOF-MSによる質量分析結果は、以下の構造を有する銅フタロシアニンのスルホンアミド誘導体の分子量(Mw=768.35)に一致していた。
(Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of sulfonamide group-containing dye derivative D)
In a reaction vessel, 300 parts by mass of chlorosulfonic acid and 30 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine were added and dissolved completely, then 24 parts by mass of thionyl chloride was added, and the temperature was gradually raised and reacted at 101° C. for 3 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 9000 parts by mass of ice water, stirred, filtered and washed with water. The obtained press cake is slurried with 300 parts by mass of water, 13 parts by mass of 1,1-diethyl-1,5-diazapentane is added, stirred at 65° C. for 4 hours, filtered, washed with water, dried, and turned into a blue color. The product was obtained.
The TOF-MS mass spectrometry result of this blue product (sulfonamide group-containing dye derivative D) was consistent with the molecular weight (Mw=768.35) of the sulfonamide derivative of copper phthalocyanine having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(合成例7:アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液の合成)
 ベンジルメタクリレート(BzMA) 40質量部、メチルメタクリレート(MMA) 15質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA) 25質量部、及びアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN) 3質量部の混合液を、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA) 150質量部を入れた重合槽中に、窒素気流下、100℃で、3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に100℃で、3時間加熱し、重合体溶液を得た。この重合体溶液の重量平均分子量は、7000であった。
 次に、得られた重合体溶液に、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA) 20質量部、トリエチルアミン0.2質量部、及びp-メトキシフェノール0.05質量部を添加し、110℃で10時間加熱することにより、主鎖メタクリル酸のカルボン酸基と、グリシジルメタクリレートのエポキシ基との反応を行った。反応中は、グリシジルメタクリレートの重合を防ぐために、反応溶液中に、空気をバブリングさせた。尚、反応は溶液の酸価を測定することで追跡した。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂Aは、BzMAとMMA、MAAの共重合により形成された主鎖にGMAを用いてエチレン性二重結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂であり、酸価74mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量12000であった。アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液は、固形分40質量%であった。
(Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin A solution)
A mixture of 40 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), 15 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 25 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA), and 3 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) was added to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. (PGMEA) was added dropwise over 3 hours at 100° C. into a polymerization tank containing 150 parts by mass of PGMEA under a nitrogen stream. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further heated at 100° C. for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer solution was 7,000.
Next, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution, and heated at 110° C. for 10 hours. , the reaction between the carboxylic acid group of main chain methacrylic acid and the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate was carried out. During the reaction, air was bubbled into the reaction solution to prevent polymerization of glycidyl methacrylate. The reaction was tracked by measuring the acid value of the solution. The resulting alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced using GMA to the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA, and has an acid value of 74 mgKOH/g. It had a weight average molecular weight of 12,000. The alkali-soluble resin A solution had a solid content of 40% by mass.
(実施例1)
(1)色材液G1の製造
 分散剤として、国際公開2016/104493号の段落0302に記載の合成例II-2の分散剤bの製造と同様にして、分散剤b(塩型ブロック共重合体)溶液(固形分40質量%)を調製した。
 分散剤として前記分散剤b溶液を8.13質量部、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1を11.96質量部と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aを1.04質量部、合成例7で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.63質量部、PGMEAを64.25質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材液G1を得た。
(Example 1)
(1) Production of colorant liquid G1 As a dispersant, dispersant b (salt-type block copolymer Coalescing) solution (solid content 40% by mass) was prepared.
8.13 parts by mass of the dispersant b solution as a dispersant, 11.96 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the coloring material, and 1.04 parts by mass of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A obtained in Synthesis Example 7 14.63 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution, 64.25 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm were placed in a mayonnaise bottle and pre-crushed in a paint shaker (Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.). ), then take out zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, and similarly disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as main crushing. to obtain a coloring material liquid G1.
(2)感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材液G1を43.43質量部、合成例7で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を4.23質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を3.95質量部、光開始剤1(商品名TR-PBG-3057、常州強力電子新材料社製)を0.50質量部、光開始剤2(商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.50質量部、増感剤(ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、商品名カレンズMT-PE1、昭和電工製)を0.13質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.03質量部、シランカップリング剤(商品名KBM503、信越シリコーン製)を0.34質量部、PGMEAを26.24質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)を20.65質量部加え、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1を得た。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G1 43.43 parts by mass of the colorant liquid G1 obtained in (1) above, 4.23 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 7, 3.95 parts by mass of polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), photoinitiator 1 (trade name TR-PBG-3057, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) at 0.95 parts by mass. 50 parts by mass, 0.50 parts by mass of photoinitiator 2 (trade name ADEKA Arkles NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA), sensitizer (pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), trade name Karenz MT-PE1 , Showa Denko) 0.13 parts by mass, 0.03 parts by mass of a fluorine-based surfactant (trade name Megafac F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation), a silane coupling agent (trade name KBM503, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone) 0.34 parts by mass of PGMEA, 26.24 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 20.65 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were added to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition G1.
(3)着色層の形成
 上記(2)で得られた感光性着色樹脂組成物G1を、厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥し、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、更に230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることにより、2.5μmの膜厚になるように膜厚を調整して着色層G1を形成した。
(3) Formation of colored layer The photosensitive colored resin composition G1 obtained in (2) above is placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm x 100 mm. , After coating with a spin coater, dry at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, irradiate ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and then post in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. By baking, the film thickness was adjusted to a film thickness of 2.5 μm to form the colored layer G1.
(実施例2)
(1)色材液G2の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aの代わりに、上記で得られたスルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Bを等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材液G2を得た。
(2)感光性着色樹脂組成物G2の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G2を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物G2を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物G2を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層G2を得た。
(Example 2)
(1) Production of Colorant Liquid G2 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A, an equimolar amount of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative B obtained above was used. Colorant liquid G2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G2 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G2 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G2 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G2 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G2.
(実施例3)
(1)色材液G3の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aの代わりに、上記で得られたスルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Cを等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材液G3を得た。
(2)感光性着色樹脂組成物G3の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物G3を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物G3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層G3を得た。
(Example 3)
(1) Production of Colorant Liquid G3 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A, an equimolar amount of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative C obtained above was used. Colorant liquid G3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G3 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring liquid G3 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G3 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G3 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G3.
(実施例4)
(1)色材液G4の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1の代わりに、上記で得られたハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物2を等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材液G4を得た。
(2)感光性着色樹脂組成物G4の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G4を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物G4を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物G4を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層G4を得た。
(Example 4)
(1) Production of Coloring Material Liquid G4 Except for using an equimolar amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the coloring material in (1) of Example 1, the procedure was carried out. Colorant liquid G4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G4 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G4 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G4 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G4 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G4.
(実施例5)
(1)色材液G5の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1の代わりに、上記で得られたハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物2を等モル量用い、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aの代わりに、上記で得られたスルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Bを等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材液G5を得た。
(2)感光性着色樹脂組成物G5の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G5を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物G5を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物G5を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層G5を得た。
(Example 5)
(1) Production of colorant liquid G5 In (1) of Example 1, the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above was used in an equimolar amount instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the colorant, and the colorant contained a sulfonic acid group. A coloring material liquid G5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1) except that the sulfonic acid group-containing coloring matter derivative B obtained above was used in an equimolar amount instead of the coloring matter derivative A.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G5 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G5 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G5 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G5 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G5.
(実施例6)
(1)色材液G6の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1の代わりに、上記で得られたハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物2を等モル量用い、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aの代わりに、上記で得られたスルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Cを等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材液G6を得た。
(2)感光性着色樹脂組成物G6の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G6を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物G6を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物G6を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層G6を得た。
(Example 6)
(1) Production of colorant liquid G6 In (1) of Example 1, the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above was used in an equimolar amount instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the colorant, and the colorant contained a sulfonic acid group. A coloring material liquid G6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1), except that instead of the dye derivative A, the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative C obtained above was used in an equimolar amount.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G6 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G6 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G6 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G6 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G6.
(実施例7)
(1)色材液G7の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1を12.87質量部と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aを0.26質量部用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材液G7を得た。
(2)感光性着色樹脂組成物G7の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G7を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物G7を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物G7を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層G7を得た。
(Example 7)
(1) Production of colorant liquid G7 Except for using 12.87 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 and 0.26 parts by mass of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A as the colorant in (1) of Example 1. obtained a coloring material liquid G7 in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G7 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G7 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G7 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G7 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G7.
(実施例8)
(1)色材液G8の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1を11.70質量部と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aを1.30質量部用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材液G8を得た。
(2)感光性着色樹脂組成物G8の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記色材液G8を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物G8を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物G8を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層G8を得た。
(Example 8)
(1) Production of colorant liquid G8 Except for using 11.70 parts by mass of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 and 1.30 parts by mass of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A as the colorant in (1) of Example 1. obtained a coloring material liquid G8 in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G8 In the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the coloring material liquid G8 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1, A photosensitive colored resin composition G8 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer Same as (3) of Example 1, except that the photosensitive colored resin composition G8 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1 in (3) of Example 1. to obtain a colored layer G8.
(比較例1)
(1)比較色材液CG1の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aを用いなかった以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較色材液CG1を得た。
(2)比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG1の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG1を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG1を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG1を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層CG1を得た。
(Comparative example 1)
(1) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG1 Comparative colorant liquid CG1 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1(1), except that the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A was not used in Example 1(1). got
(2) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG1 The procedure was the same as in (2) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG1 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1. Thus, a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG1 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1, except for using the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG1, and (3) of Example 1 A colored layer CG1 was obtained in the same manner.
(比較例2)
(1)比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG2の製造
 色材液としては、比較色材液CG1を用い、アルカリ可溶性樹脂含有量を増加した比較感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製した。
 具体的には、上記(1)で得られた比較色材液CG1を43.43質量部、合成例4で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を8.47質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を2.26質量部、光開始剤(商品名TR-PBG-3057、常州強力電子新材料社製)を0.50質量部、光開始剤(商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.50質量部、増感剤(ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、商品名カレンズMT-PE1、昭和電工製)を0.13質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.03質量部、シランカップリング剤(商品名KBM503、信越シリコーン製)を0.34質量部、PGMEAを23.70質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)を20.65質量部加え、感光性着色樹脂組成物CG2を得た。
(2)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG2を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層CG2を得た。
(Comparative example 2)
(1) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG2 As the colorant liquid, comparative colorant liquid CG1 was used to prepare a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition with an increased alkali-soluble resin content.
Specifically, 43.43 parts by mass of the comparative colorant liquid CG1 obtained in (1) above, 8.47 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2.26 parts by mass, photoinitiator (trade name TR-PBG-3057, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) 0.50 parts by mass, photoinitiator 0.50 parts by mass of ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (trade name, manufactured by ADEKA) and 0.50 parts by mass of a sensitizer (pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), trade name Karenz MT-PE1, manufactured by Showa Denko). 13 parts by mass, 0.03 parts by mass of a fluorine-based surfactant (trade name Megafac F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation), 0.34 parts by mass of a silane coupling agent (trade name KBM503, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone), PGMEA and 20.65 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were added to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition CG2.
(2) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1, except for using the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG2, and (3) of Example 1 A colored layer CG2 was obtained in the same manner.
(比較例3)
(1)比較色材液CG3の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aの代わりに、上記で得られたスルホンアミド基含有色素誘導体Dを等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較色材液CG3を得た。
(2)比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG3の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG3を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層CG3を得た。
(Comparative Example 3)
(1) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG3 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative A, an equimolar amount of the sulfonamide group-containing dye derivative D obtained above was used. A comparative colorant liquid CG3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1).
(2) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG3 The procedure was the same as in (2) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring material liquid CG3 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1. Thus, a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG3 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1, except for using the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG3, and (3) of Example 1 A colored layer CG3 was obtained in the same manner.
(比較例4)
(1)比較色材液CG4の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1の代わりに、上記で得られたハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物2を等モル量用い、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aを用いなかった以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較色材液CG4を得た。
(2)比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG4の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG4を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG4を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG4を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層CG4を得た。
(Comparative Example 4)
(1) Production of Comparative Colorant Liquid CG4 In (1) of Example 1, an equimolar amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above was used instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the colorant, and the sulfonic acid group was A comparative colorant liquid CG4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1), except that the dye-containing derivative A was not used.
(2) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG4 The procedure was the same as in (2) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring liquid CG4 was used instead of the coloring liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1. Thus, a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG4 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1, except for using the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG4, and (3) of Example 1 A colored layer CG4 was obtained in the same manner.
(比較例5)
(1)比較色材液CG5の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、色材としてハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物1の代わりに、上記で得られたハロゲン化フタロシアニン化合物2を等モル量用い、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体Aの代わりに、上記で得られたスルホンアミド基含有色素誘導体Dを等モル量用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較色材液CG5を得た。
(2)比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG5の製造
 実施例1の(2)における色材液G1の代わりに上記比較色材液CG5を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG5を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物G1の代わりに、上記比較感光性着色樹脂組成物CG5を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層CG5を得た。
(Comparative Example 5)
(1) Production of comparative colorant liquid CG5 In (1) of Example 1, an equimolar amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 2 obtained above was used instead of the halogenated phthalocyanine compound 1 as the colorant, and the sulfonic acid group was A comparative colorant liquid CG5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1), except that the sulfonamide group-containing dye derivative D obtained above was used in an equimolar amount instead of the dye-containing derivative A.
(2) Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition CG5 The procedure was the same as in (2) of Example 1, except that the comparative coloring material liquid CG5 was used instead of the coloring material liquid G1 in (2) of Example 1. Thus, a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG5 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition G1, except for using the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition CG5, and (3) of Example 1 A colored layer CG5 was obtained in the same manner.
[評価方法]
(1)現像性
 実施例及び比較例の感光性着色樹脂組成物をそれぞれ、厚み0.7mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した。その後、80℃のホットプレート上で3分間加熱乾燥を行った。この着色層に、線幅1μmから100μmまでの独立細線パターンフォトマスクを介して、超高圧水銀灯を用いて、60mJ/cmの紫外線で露光することにより、ガラス基板上に厚さ2.0μmの着色層を形成した。
 次いで、0.05質量%の水酸化カリウム(KOH)水溶液を現像液として、スピン現像し、現像液に接液させた後に純水で洗浄することで現像処理し、パターン形成を行い、現像性を評価した。上記現像処理において、未露光部が溶解し除去されるまでの時間(単位:秒)を測定した。
[Evaluation method]
(1) Developability Each of the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples was applied onto a 0.7 mm-thick glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") using a spin coater. . After that, it was dried by heating on a hot plate at 80° C. for 3 minutes. This colored layer was exposed to ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ/cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp through an independent fine line pattern photomask with a line width of 1 μm to 100 μm, thereby forming a 2.0 μm thick film on a glass substrate. A colored layer was formed.
Next, spin development is performed using a 0.05% by mass potassium hydroxide (KOH) aqueous solution as a developer, and after contact with the developer, washing with pure water is performed for development processing, pattern formation, and developability. evaluated. In the above development processing, the time (unit: seconds) until the unexposed areas were dissolved and removed was measured.
(2)現像残渣評価
 実施例及び比較例の着色樹脂組成物をそれぞれ、厚み0.7mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて60℃で3分間乾燥することにより、厚さ2.5μmの着色層を形成した。上記着色層が形成されたガラス板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像した。上記着色層の形成後のガラス基板の未露光部(50mm×50mm)を、光学顕微鏡200倍反射光観察を行った。
(現像残渣評価基準)
 〇:光学顕微鏡観察により、着色残渣が確認されなかった
 ×:光学顕微鏡観察により、着色残渣が確認された
(2) Development residue evaluation Each of the colored resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples was applied onto a 0.7 mm thick glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") using a spin coater. After that, a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 μm was formed by drying at 60° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was subjected to shower development for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass potassium hydroxide aqueous solution as an alkaline developer. An unexposed portion (50 mm×50 mm) of the glass substrate after formation of the colored layer was observed with an optical microscope at a magnification of 200 with reflected light.
(Development residue evaluation criteria)
○: No colored residue was observed by optical microscope observation ×: Colored residue was confirmed by optical microscope observation
(3)現像廃液評価
 前記現像性評価と同様にして現像処理を行った。
 現像処理した、着色廃液(アルカリ現像液)500mLに、カチオン系無機凝集剤(ポリ塩化アルミニウム、多木化学製)1gを入れ、30分攪拌し、含有成分をフロック化させた。当該着色廃液に、さらにアニオン系高分子凝集剤(ポリアクリルアミド、浅田化学工業製)1gを入れ、30分攪拌し、フロックを粗大化させて凝集物を沈殿させた。凝集物を含む廃液を、5μmフィルターでろ過することにより、廃液から凝集物を除去した。廃液のろ液に中和剤(希塩酸)を加えて、pHが7になるまで中和した。
 中和後、0.2μmフィルターでろ過することにより、ろ液を得た。
 得られたろ液に着色がないか、目視確認した。また、液体クロマトグラフ質量分析計(LC/MS、アジレントテクノロジー製、四重極LC/MS、Agilent1260 Infinity)を用いて、得られたろ液に感光性着色樹脂組成物の成分の残留が無いか確認した。
(現像廃液評価基準)
 〇:ろ液に着色がなく、且つ、感光性着色樹脂組成物由来の固形成分の合計含有量が0.001質量%未満
 ×:ろ液に着色がある、及び/又は、感光性着色樹脂組成物由来の固形成分の合計含有量が0.001質量%以上
(3) Evaluation of developer waste liquid Development processing was performed in the same manner as in the evaluation of developability.
1 g of a cationic inorganic coagulant (polyaluminum chloride, manufactured by Taki Kagaku) was added to 500 mL of the colored waste liquid (alkaline developer) that had been developed, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes to flocculate the contained components. 1 g of an anionic polymer flocculant (polyacrylamide, manufactured by Asada Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was further added to the colored waste liquid, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes to coarsen flocs and precipitate aggregates. Aggregates were removed from the waste liquid by filtering the aggregate-containing waste liquid through a 5 μm filter. A neutralizing agent (dilute hydrochloric acid) was added to the filtrate of the waste liquid to neutralize the pH to 7.
After neutralization, the filtrate was obtained by filtering through a 0.2 μm filter.
It was visually confirmed whether or not the obtained filtrate was colored. In addition, using a liquid chromatograph mass spectrometer (LC/MS, manufactured by Agilent Technologies, quadrupole LC/MS, Agilent 1260 Infinity), the resulting filtrate was checked for residual components of the photosensitive colored resin composition. bottom.
(Evaluation criteria for developer waste liquid)
○: There is no coloring in the filtrate, and the total content of solid components derived from the photosensitive colored resin composition is less than 0.001% by mass ×: There is coloring in the filtrate, and / or the photosensitive colored resin composition The total content of solid components derived from substances is 0.001% by mass or more
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
[結果のまとめ]
 スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を含まない比較例1~5の感光性着色樹脂組成物はいずれも、色材に特定のフタロシアニン染料を含むことにより、現像後の廃液処理時に色材の回収が困難で、凝集物回収後の廃液(ろ液)に色材が残留し着色してしまった。更に、比較例1~5の感光性着色樹脂組成物では、現像時にフタロシアニン染料が取り残されやすいため、着色現像残渣が残りやすいことが示された。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量を高くした比較例2でも、現像時間は早くなったものの、凝集物回収後の廃液(ろ液)に色材が残留して着色し、且つ、現像時にフタロシアニン染料が取り残されやすく、着色現像残渣が残りやすかった。
 塩基性のスルホンアミド基含有色素誘導体を含む比較例3及び5でも、凝集物回収後の廃液(ろ液)に色材が残留して着色し、且つ、現像時にフタロシアニン染料が取り残されやすく、着色現像残渣が残りやすかった。
 それに対して、本発明のスルホン酸基含有色素誘導体を含む実施例1~8の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材に特定のフタロシアニン染料を含むが、現像後の廃液処理時に色材を回収可能であり、廃液(ろ液)が着色せず且つ、感光性着色樹脂組成物の成分の残留が無かった。更に、実施例1~8の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、現像時にフタロシアニン染料が取り残され難いため、着色現像残渣が残り難いことが示された。
[Summary of results]
All of the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 5, which do not contain a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, contain a specific phthalocyanine dye in the coloring material, making it difficult to recover the coloring material during waste liquid treatment after development. , the coloring material remained in the waste liquid (filtrate) after collecting the aggregates, resulting in coloration. Furthermore, in the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 5, the phthalocyanine dye is likely to be left behind during development, so it was shown that colored development residue is likely to remain.
Even in Comparative Example 2 in which the content of the alkali-soluble resin was increased, although the development time was shortened, the coloring material remained in the waste liquid (filtrate) after collecting the aggregates and was colored, and the phthalocyanine dye was left behind during development. It was easy to get wet, and a colored development residue was easy to remain.
Even in Comparative Examples 3 and 5 containing a basic sulfonamide group-containing dye derivative, the coloring material remained in the waste liquid (filtrate) after collecting the aggregates and was colored, and the phthalocyanine dye was easily left behind during development, resulting in coloring. Development residue was likely to remain.
On the other hand, the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 8 containing the sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative of the present invention contain a specific phthalocyanine dye in the coloring material, but the coloring material is recovered during waste liquid treatment after development. It was possible, the waste liquid (filtrate) was not colored, and there was no residue of the component of the photosensitive colored resin composition. Furthermore, the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 8 showed that the phthalocyanine dye was less likely to be left behind during development, so that colored development residues were less likely to remain.
 1 基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1 substrate 2 light shielding part 3 colored layer 10 color filter 20 counter substrate 30 liquid crystal layer 40 liquid crystal display device 50 organic protective layer 60 inorganic oxide film 71 transparent anode 72 hole injection layer 73 hole transport layer 74 light emitting layer 75 electron injection layer 76 Cathode 80 Organic Light Emitting Body 100 Organic Light Emitting Display

Claims (4)

  1.  下記一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン化合物を含む色材と、スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する、感光性着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(1)中、X~X16はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は-Y-Rを表し、-Y-は、-O-、-S-、又は-NH-を表し、Rは1価の有機基を表す。ただし、X~X16のうち1つ以上は-Y-Rを表す。)
    A photosensitive material containing a coloring material containing a phthalocyanine compound represented by the following general formula (1), a sulfonic acid group-containing dye derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent Colored resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the general formula (1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -Y-R D , and -Y- is -O-, -S-, or -NH- and R D represents a monovalent organic group, provided that one or more of X 1 to X 16 represents —Y—R D. )
  2.  前記スルホン酸基含有色素誘導体は、色素骨格としてフタロシアニン骨格、又はキノフタロン骨格を含む、請求項1に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the sulfonic acid group-containing pigment derivative contains a phthalocyanine skeleton or a quinophthalone skeleton as a pigment skeleton.
  3.  基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項1又は2に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to claim 1 or 2. filter.
  4.  請求項3に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置。 A display device having the color filter according to claim 3.
PCT/JP2022/030921 2021-08-23 2022-08-16 Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device WO2023026894A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023543822A JPWO2023026894A1 (en) 2021-08-23 2022-08-16
CN202280055503.1A CN117795419A (en) 2021-08-23 2022-08-16 Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-135507 2021-08-23
JP2021135507 2021-08-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023026894A1 true WO2023026894A1 (en) 2023-03-02

Family

ID=85321944

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/030921 WO2023026894A1 (en) 2021-08-23 2022-08-16 Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023026894A1 (en)
CN (1) CN117795419A (en)
TW (1) TW202313742A (en)
WO (1) WO2023026894A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1149974A (en) * 1996-12-20 1999-02-23 Seiko Epson Corp Pigment bulk material and production thereof, pigment aqueous dispersion and aqueous ink composition
JP2001356210A (en) * 2000-06-14 2001-12-26 Jsr Corp Radiation sensitive composition for color filter and color filter
JP2005234478A (en) * 2004-02-23 2005-09-02 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2006265528A (en) * 2005-02-22 2006-10-05 Dainichiseika Color & Chem Mfg Co Ltd Pigment dispersant and its use
JP2012042896A (en) * 2010-08-23 2012-03-01 Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd Colorant composition for color filter
JP2013213208A (en) * 2012-03-07 2013-10-17 Fujifilm Corp Colored composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and solid-state image sensor equipped with the color filter
JP2020042263A (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Coloring resin composition, color filter, and image display device

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1149974A (en) * 1996-12-20 1999-02-23 Seiko Epson Corp Pigment bulk material and production thereof, pigment aqueous dispersion and aqueous ink composition
JP2001356210A (en) * 2000-06-14 2001-12-26 Jsr Corp Radiation sensitive composition for color filter and color filter
JP2005234478A (en) * 2004-02-23 2005-09-02 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2006265528A (en) * 2005-02-22 2006-10-05 Dainichiseika Color & Chem Mfg Co Ltd Pigment dispersant and its use
JP2012042896A (en) * 2010-08-23 2012-03-01 Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd Colorant composition for color filter
JP2013213208A (en) * 2012-03-07 2013-10-17 Fujifilm Corp Colored composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and solid-state image sensor equipped with the color filter
JP2020042263A (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Coloring resin composition, color filter, and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2023026894A1 (en) 2023-03-02
TW202313742A (en) 2023-04-01
CN117795419A (en) 2024-03-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5446423B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP5540599B2 (en) Radiation-sensitive composition for forming colored layer, color filter, and color liquid crystal display element
JP2017167399A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display
JP7008508B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters, color filters, and display devices
TWI510564B (en) Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, display element, and pigment dispersion for color filter
CN111094461B (en) Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
WO2017169951A1 (en) Resin composition, color filter and image display device
JP2013025194A (en) Colorant, coloring composition, color filter and display element
WO2018159458A1 (en) Colorant dispersed liquid for color filters, dispersant, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device
JP2013213982A (en) Color filter photosensitive resin composition and manufacturing method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP2017156524A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display
TW202104172A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, cured product, color filter and display device
JP7153651B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
JP5899719B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, negative resist composition for color filter and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP7308842B2 (en) Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP7123660B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2023026894A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
JP7105221B2 (en) COLOR MATERIAL DISPERSION FOR COLOR FILTER, COLOR RESIN COMPOSITION FOR COLOR FILTER, COLOR FILTER, DISPLAY
JPWO2013084932A1 (en) Colorant, coloring composition, color filter and display element
JP6450057B1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2023002875A1 (en) Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device
WO2023120268A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
JP2020126093A (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersion auxiliary resin, photosensitive coloring resin composition and cured substance thereof, color filter, and display device
JP2018173461A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2018172542A (en) Colorant dispersant, colorant, coloring resin composition, color filter, and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22861182

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023543822

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280055503.1

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE